1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004,
3 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 #include "safe-ctype.h"
30 #include "libiberty.h"
33 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
34 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
36 struct elf_info_failed
38 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
42 /* This structure is used to pass information to
43 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
45 struct elf_find_verdep_info
47 /* General link information. */
48 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
49 /* The number of dependencies. */
51 /* Whether we had a failure. */
55 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
56 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
58 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
60 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
61 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
62 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
66 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
67 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
68 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
70 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
73 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
74 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
75 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
76 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
77 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
81 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
83 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
,
86 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
90 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
92 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
93 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
98 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
102 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
103 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
104 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
106 /* This function may be called more than once. */
107 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
108 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
111 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
113 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
114 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
115 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
116 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
119 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
123 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
125 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
129 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
131 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
133 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
134 bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
139 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
140 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
142 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
144 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
145 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
146 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
147 a global offset table. */
148 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
149 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
150 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
158 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
160 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
162 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
164 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
165 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
166 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
168 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
170 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
171 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
177 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
178 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
179 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
180 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
181 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
182 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
185 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
189 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
191 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
194 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
197 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
200 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
201 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
203 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
205 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
206 shared library does not. */
207 if (info
->executable
)
209 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
210 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
215 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
216 if they are not needed. */
217 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
218 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
220 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
223 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
224 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
226 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 1))
229 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
230 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
232 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
235 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
236 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
238 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
241 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
242 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
246 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
248 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
251 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
252 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
253 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
254 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
255 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
256 to decide how to initialize the process. */
257 if (!_bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC"))
262 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
263 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
265 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
267 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
270 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
272 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
273 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
275 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
277 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
278 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
279 variable count of 32-bit words. */
280 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
281 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
283 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
286 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
287 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
288 the .got and .plt sections. */
289 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
290 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
293 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
298 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
301 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
303 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
304 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
306 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
307 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
309 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
310 .rel[a].bss sections. */
311 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
314 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
315 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
316 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
317 to read in from the object file. */
318 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
320 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
321 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
322 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
324 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
326 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
330 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
332 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
334 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
335 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
336 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
341 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
342 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
343 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
344 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
346 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
350 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
353 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
355 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
356 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
357 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
358 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
359 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
360 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
361 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
362 (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
));
366 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
367 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
368 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
369 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
370 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
371 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
372 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
373 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
374 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
375 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
379 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
380 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
381 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
382 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
384 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
392 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
393 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
394 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
395 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
396 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
397 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
401 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
402 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
404 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
406 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
411 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
412 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
413 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
414 this would not be necessary. */
415 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
419 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
420 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
423 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
431 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
432 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
434 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
437 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
438 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
443 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
445 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
446 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
448 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
449 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
450 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
451 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
452 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
455 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
460 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
462 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
468 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
471 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
472 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
473 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
475 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
477 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
478 if(h
->dynamic
|| info
->relocatable
)
481 if ((info
->dynamic_data
482 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
484 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)))
486 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
487 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
491 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
492 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
495 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
496 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
501 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
502 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
503 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
505 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
508 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
509 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
513 switch (h
->root
.type
)
515 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
516 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
517 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
519 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
520 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
521 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
522 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
523 may depend on this. */
524 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
525 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
526 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
528 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
529 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
532 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
533 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
534 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
535 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
537 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
538 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
539 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
540 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
542 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
543 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
544 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
545 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
547 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
552 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
553 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
554 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
555 force the correct value. */
559 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
561 /* If this symbol is not being provided by the linker script, and it is
562 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular object,
563 then clear out any version information because the symbol will not be
564 associated with the dynamic object any more. */
568 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
572 if (provide
&& hidden
)
574 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
575 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
576 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
579 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
581 if (!info
->relocatable
583 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
584 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
590 || (info
->executable
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
))
593 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
596 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
597 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
598 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
599 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
600 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
602 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
610 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
611 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
612 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
615 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
620 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
621 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
622 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
623 unsigned long dynstr_index
;
625 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
626 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
628 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
631 /* See if the entry exists already. */
632 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
633 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
636 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
637 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
641 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
642 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
643 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
645 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
649 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
650 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
654 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
655 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
657 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
658 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
659 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
664 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
665 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
666 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
668 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
671 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
672 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
677 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
678 if (dynstr_index
== (unsigned long) -1)
680 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
682 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
684 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
685 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
686 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
687 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
690 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
692 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
694 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
699 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
702 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
706 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
708 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
709 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
714 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
715 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
716 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
719 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
722 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
727 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
728 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
734 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
735 STB_LOCAL binding. */
738 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
741 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
743 if (!h
->forced_local
)
746 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
747 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
752 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
753 omitted when creating a shared library. */
755 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
756 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
759 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
761 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
765 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
766 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
768 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
769 if (p
== htab
->tls_sec
)
772 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
773 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
775 if (strcmp (p
->name
, ".got") == 0
776 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".got.plt") == 0
777 || strcmp (p
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
781 if (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
782 && (ip
= bfd_get_section_by_name (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
783 && (ip
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
784 && ip
->output_section
== p
)
789 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
790 against any other section. */
796 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
797 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
798 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
799 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
803 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
804 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
805 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
807 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
809 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
811 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
813 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
814 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
815 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
816 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
817 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
819 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
821 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
823 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
824 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
827 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
829 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
830 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
831 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
834 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
835 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
838 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which
839 we must account for in our count. Unless there weren't any
840 symbols, which means we'll have no table at all. */
841 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
844 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
848 /* Merge st_other field. */
851 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
852 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, bfd_boolean definition
,
855 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
857 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
858 code might be needed here. We never merge the visibility
859 attribute with the one from a dynamic object. */
860 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
861 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
864 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has requested
865 we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
869 || (abfd
->my_archive
&& abfd
->my_archive
->no_export
))
870 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
871 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
872 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
874 if (!dynamic
&& ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != 0)
876 unsigned char hvis
, symvis
, other
, nvis
;
878 /* Only merge the visibility. Leave the remainder of the
879 st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
880 other
= h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
882 /* Combine visibilities, using the most constraining one. */
883 hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
884 symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
890 nvis
= hvis
< symvis
? hvis
: symvis
;
892 h
->other
= other
| nvis
;
896 /* This function is called when we want to define a new symbol. It
897 handles the various cases which arise when we find a definition in
898 a dynamic object, or when there is already a definition in a
899 dynamic object. The new symbol is described by NAME, SYM, PSEC,
900 and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table entry. We set
901 OVERRIDE if the old symbol is overriding a new definition. We set
902 TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the type to change. We set
903 SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size to change. By OK to
904 change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the type or size does
905 change. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT if an old common symbol in a dynamic
906 object is overridden by a regular object. */
909 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
910 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
912 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
915 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
916 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
918 bfd_boolean
*override
,
919 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
920 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
)
922 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
923 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
924 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
927 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
928 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
929 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
935 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
937 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's no way to
938 combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block for this executable. */
939 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
940 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
946 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
947 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
949 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
950 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
955 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
957 /* This code is for coping with dynamic objects, and is only useful
958 if we are doing an ELF link. */
959 if (!(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
962 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. */
964 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
965 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
966 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
968 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
969 refereences and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
971 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
973 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
974 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
975 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
977 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
983 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
986 switch (h
->root
.type
)
993 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
994 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
995 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
999 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1000 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1001 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1002 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1005 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1006 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1007 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1011 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1012 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1013 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1014 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1016 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1017 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1018 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1019 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1020 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1021 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1023 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1024 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1025 || !h
->def_regular
))
1028 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1029 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1031 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1035 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1036 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1038 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1039 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1040 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1043 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1044 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1046 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1048 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1049 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1050 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1052 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1053 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1055 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1056 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1058 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1059 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1061 /* When we try to create a default indirect symbol from the dynamic
1062 definition with the default version, we skip it if its type and
1063 the type of existing regular definition mismatch. We only do it
1064 if the existing regular definition won't be dynamic. */
1065 if (pold_alignment
== NULL
1067 && !info
->export_dynamic
1072 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1073 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1074 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1075 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1076 && !(newfunc
&& oldfunc
))
1082 /* Plugin symbol type isn't currently set. Stop bogus errors. */
1083 if (oldbfd
!= NULL
&& (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
1084 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1086 /* Check TLS symbol. We don't check undefined symbol introduced by
1088 else if (oldbfd
!= NULL
1089 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1090 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1093 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1094 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1096 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1116 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1117 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1118 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1119 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1120 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1121 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1122 tbfd
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1124 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1125 (_("%s: TLS definition in %B section %A mismatches non-TLS reference in %B"),
1126 tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1128 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1129 (_("%s: TLS reference in %B mismatches non-TLS definition in %B section %A"),
1130 tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
1132 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1136 /* We need to remember if a symbol has a definition in a dynamic
1137 object or is weak in all dynamic objects. Internal and hidden
1138 visibility will make it unavailable to dynamic objects. */
1139 if (newdyn
&& !h
->dynamic_def
)
1141 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1145 /* Check if this symbol is weak in all dynamic objects. If it
1146 is the first time we see it in a dynamic object, we mark
1147 if it is weak. Otherwise, we clear it. */
1148 if (!h
->ref_dynamic
)
1150 if (bind
== STB_WEAK
)
1151 h
->dynamic_weak
= 1;
1153 else if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1154 h
->dynamic_weak
= 0;
1158 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1159 definition from a dynamic object. */
1161 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1162 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1165 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1167 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1168 recorded as dynamic.
1170 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1171 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1172 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1177 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1180 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1181 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1182 object, we remove the old definition. */
1183 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1185 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1186 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1187 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1188 was referenced before. */
1191 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*vh
= *sym_hash
;
1193 vh
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1194 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1195 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, vh
, h
);
1196 /* Protected symbols will override the dynamic definition
1197 with default version. */
1198 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1200 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) vh
;
1201 vh
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1202 vh
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1206 h
->root
.type
= vh
->root
.type
;
1207 vh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
1208 /* We have to hide it here since it was made dynamic
1209 global with extra bits when the symbol info was
1210 copied from the old dynamic definition. */
1211 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, vh
, TRUE
);
1219 if ((h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1220 && bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1222 /* If the new symbol is undefined and the old symbol was
1223 also undefined before, we need to make sure
1224 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol doesn't mess
1225 up the linker hash table undefs list. Since the old
1226 definition came from a dynamic object, it is still on the
1228 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1229 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1233 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1234 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1242 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1248 if (bind
== STB_GNU_UNIQUE
)
1249 h
->unique_global
= 1;
1251 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1252 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1253 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1254 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1255 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1256 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1257 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1259 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1260 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1262 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& olddyn
)
1264 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1267 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1268 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1269 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1271 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1272 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1273 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1278 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1279 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1281 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1282 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1285 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1286 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1288 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1289 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1290 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1291 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1292 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1293 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1294 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1295 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1296 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1297 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1298 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1301 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1302 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1304 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1305 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1306 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1307 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1308 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1314 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1315 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1318 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1320 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1324 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1326 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1327 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1330 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1332 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1334 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1335 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1336 if (bed
->merge_symbol
1337 && !bed
->merge_symbol (info
, sym_hash
, h
, sym
, psec
, pvalue
,
1338 pold_alignment
, skip
, override
,
1339 type_change_ok
, size_change_ok
,
1340 &newdyn
, &newdef
, &newdyncommon
, &newweak
,
1342 &olddyn
, &olddef
, &olddyncommon
, &oldweak
,
1346 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1347 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1352 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1354 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1355 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1356 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1357 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1358 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1360 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1361 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1364 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1365 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1367 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1370 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1371 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1372 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1373 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1374 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1375 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1377 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1378 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1379 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1380 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1381 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1382 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1387 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1388 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1392 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1394 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1395 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1397 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1398 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1399 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1400 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1401 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1403 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1404 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1407 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1408 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1409 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1410 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1414 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1418 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1419 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1420 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1421 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1424 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1425 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1427 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1428 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1429 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1430 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1433 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1434 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1436 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1437 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1438 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1442 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1447 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1448 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1449 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1450 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1451 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1453 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1454 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1455 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1460 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1461 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1466 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1467 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1470 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1471 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1472 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1475 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1477 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1478 overriding a function. */
1480 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1484 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1485 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1488 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1490 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1493 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1496 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1497 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1498 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1499 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1502 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1503 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1504 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1505 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1506 in the shared library. */
1509 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1512 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1513 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1514 or the alignment. */
1515 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
)
1516 (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
, bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
)))
1519 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1520 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1522 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1525 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1526 in the dynamic object. */
1527 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1528 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1531 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1533 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1534 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1536 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1537 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1539 if ((*sym_hash
)->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1542 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1547 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1548 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1549 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1550 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1551 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1552 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1553 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1554 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1558 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1565 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1566 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1567 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, PSEC, VALUE, and OVERRIDE. We
1568 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1571 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1572 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1573 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1575 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1578 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
,
1579 bfd_boolean override
)
1581 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1582 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1585 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1586 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1587 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1588 bfd_boolean collect
;
1589 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1591 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1594 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1595 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1596 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1597 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1598 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1599 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1604 /* We are overridden by an old definition. We need to check if we
1605 need to create the indirect symbol from the default name. */
1606 hi
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
,
1608 BFD_ASSERT (hi
!= NULL
);
1611 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1612 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1614 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1620 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1621 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1622 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1624 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1625 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1626 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1628 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1629 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1631 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1632 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1633 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1634 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1635 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1636 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1638 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1639 NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1640 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1649 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1650 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
, bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1651 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1653 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1657 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1658 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1659 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1660 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1661 name, and it is the default version.
1663 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1664 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1665 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1667 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1668 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1669 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1670 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1671 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1672 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1673 definition in the regular object. */
1675 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1676 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1677 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1679 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1680 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1684 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1688 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1693 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1694 other fields correctly. */
1698 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
1699 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1700 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1702 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1703 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
1704 the user in that case. */
1706 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1708 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
1710 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1711 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
1713 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
1719 if (! info
->executable
1725 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1731 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
1735 len
= strlen (name
);
1736 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
1737 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1739 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1740 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
1742 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
1743 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1744 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1746 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &sec
, value
,
1747 NULL
, &hi
, &skip
, &override
,
1748 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
1756 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
1757 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
1758 overridden by a versioned definition. */
1759 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
1760 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1761 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1762 (_("%B: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
1768 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1769 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1770 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1772 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1774 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
1775 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
1776 to the user in that case. */
1778 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1780 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
1782 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
1788 if (! info
->executable
1794 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
1804 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
1805 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1808 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1810 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1812 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
1813 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1816 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
1817 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
1820 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
1821 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
1822 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
1823 h
->root
.root
.string
))
1825 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
1835 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
1836 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
1837 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
1838 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1841 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1844 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
1845 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1846 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1849 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
1854 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
1857 /* See if we already know about this version. */
1858 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1862 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
1865 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1866 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
1872 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
1877 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1880 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1884 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
1885 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
1886 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
1890 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
1893 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1897 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
1898 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
1899 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
1901 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
1903 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
1904 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
1906 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
1909 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
1916 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
1917 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
1918 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
1919 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
1922 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1924 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
1925 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
1926 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1927 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
1931 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
1934 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
1937 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
1940 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1944 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
1946 if (!h
->def_regular
)
1949 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
1950 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1951 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
1953 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
1958 /* There are two consecutive ELF_VER_CHR characters if this is
1959 not a hidden symbol. */
1961 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
1967 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
1975 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
1976 for (t
= sinfo
->info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
1978 if (strcmp (t
->name
, p
) == 0)
1982 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
1984 len
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
1985 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
1988 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
1991 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
1992 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
1993 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
1994 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
1996 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2000 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2001 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2003 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2005 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2007 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2010 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2011 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2019 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2020 version node for this version. */
2021 if (t
== NULL
&& info
->executable
)
2023 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2026 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2027 to worry about it. */
2028 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2032 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2035 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2040 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2044 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2045 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2046 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2048 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2052 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2056 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2060 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2061 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2062 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2063 (_("%B: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2064 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2065 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2066 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2074 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2076 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2081 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2082 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2083 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2084 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2090 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2091 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2092 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2093 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2094 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2095 relocations should be stored.
2097 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2100 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2102 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2103 void *external_relocs
,
2104 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2106 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2107 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2108 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2109 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2110 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2111 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2114 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2115 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2118 /* Read the relocations. */
2119 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2122 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2123 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2125 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2127 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2128 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2129 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2130 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2131 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2134 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2138 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2139 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
2140 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2141 while (erela
< erelaend
)
2145 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2146 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2147 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2151 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2153 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2154 (_("%B: bad reloc symbol index (0x%lx >= 0x%lx)"
2155 " for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
2157 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2158 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2162 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2164 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2165 (_("%B: non-zero symbol index (0x%lx) for offset 0x%lx in section `%A'"
2166 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2168 (unsigned long) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
, irela
->r_offset
);
2169 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2172 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2173 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2179 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2180 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2181 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2182 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2183 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2184 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2185 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2186 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2187 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2190 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2192 void *external_relocs
,
2193 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2194 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2196 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2197 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2198 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2199 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2200 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2202 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2203 return esdo
->relocs
;
2205 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2208 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2212 size
= o
->reloc_count
;
2213 size
*= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2215 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2217 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2218 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2222 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2224 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2227 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2229 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2231 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2234 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2237 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2240 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2244 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2245 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2246 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2247 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2251 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2253 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2256 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2258 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2263 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2264 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2266 return internal_relocs
;
2274 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2281 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2282 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2285 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2286 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2288 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2290 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2291 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2293 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2294 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2295 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2296 we zero the allocated space. */
2297 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2298 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2301 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2303 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2305 p
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2306 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
2310 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2316 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2317 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2321 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2322 asection
*input_section
,
2323 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2324 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2325 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2328 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2329 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2331 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2332 asection
*output_section
;
2333 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2334 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2335 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2337 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2339 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2340 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2341 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2343 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2344 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2346 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2347 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2349 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2350 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2354 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2355 (_("%B: relocation size mismatch in %B section %A"),
2356 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2357 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2361 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2362 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2363 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2364 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2365 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2366 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2368 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2369 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2370 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2373 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2375 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2380 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2383 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2384 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2388 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2389 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2394 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2395 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2396 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2397 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2398 the face of future changes. */
2401 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2402 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2404 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2406 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2407 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2408 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2409 an ELF dynamic object. */
2412 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2413 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2415 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2416 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2419 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2423 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2424 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2425 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2428 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2434 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2438 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2447 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2448 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2449 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2450 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2451 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2452 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2453 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2454 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2456 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2457 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2458 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2459 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2460 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2464 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2465 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2466 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2467 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2470 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2471 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2472 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2473 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2474 flag will not have been set. */
2475 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2479 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2482 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2483 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2484 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2485 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2486 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2487 will force it local. */
2489 && eif
->info
->shared
2490 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2491 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2492 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2495 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2497 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2498 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2499 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2502 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2503 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2504 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2505 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2506 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2508 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2509 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2510 over to the real definition. */
2511 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2513 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2514 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2515 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. */
2516 if (h
->u
.weakdef
->def_regular
)
2517 h
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
2520 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weakdef
= h
->u
.weakdef
;
2522 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2523 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2525 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2526 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2527 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->def_dynamic
);
2528 BFD_ASSERT (weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2529 || weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2530 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, weakdef
, h
);
2537 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2538 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2542 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2544 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2546 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2548 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2551 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2552 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2555 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2556 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2559 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2560 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2561 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2562 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2563 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2564 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2565 referenced by another one? */
2567 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
2571 && (h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
|| h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1))))
2573 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
2577 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
2578 can happen via a recursive call. */
2579 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
2582 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
2583 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
2584 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
2585 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
2586 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
2588 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
2589 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
2590 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
2591 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
2593 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
2594 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
2595 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
2596 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
2597 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
2598 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
2599 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
2602 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
2603 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
2604 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
2605 extern int timezone;
2607 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
2608 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
2609 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
2610 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
2611 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
2612 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
2613 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
2614 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
2616 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
2618 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
2619 H->U.WEAKDEF by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
2620 h
->u
.weakdef
->ref_regular
= 1;
2622 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
2623 H->U.WEAKDEF before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
2624 if (! _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (h
->u
.weakdef
, eif
))
2628 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
2629 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
2630 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
2631 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
2632 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
2634 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
2636 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2637 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
2638 h
->root
.root
.string
);
2640 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
;
2641 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
2643 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2652 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
2656 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2659 unsigned int power_of_two
;
2661 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
2663 /* The section aligment of definition is the maximum alignment
2664 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
2665 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
2666 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
2667 for the minimum alignment. */
2668 power_of_two
= bfd_get_section_alignment (sec
->owner
, sec
);
2669 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
2670 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
2676 if (power_of_two
> bfd_get_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
,
2679 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
2680 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
->owner
, dynbss
,
2685 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
2686 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
2688 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
2689 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
2690 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
2692 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
2693 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
2698 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
2699 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
2702 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2706 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2707 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2708 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
2709 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
2711 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
2713 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
2714 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
2715 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
2716 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
2717 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
2723 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2724 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
2725 considered to bind dynamically. */
2728 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2729 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2730 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
2732 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
2733 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2734 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2739 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2740 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2741 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2743 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
2744 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2746 if (h
->forced_local
)
2749 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
2750 visible symbol resolves locally. */
2751 binding_stays_local_p
= info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
);
2753 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
2760 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2761 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2764 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2766 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
2767 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
2768 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
2769 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2770 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
2777 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
2778 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2781 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
2782 us that it remains local. */
2783 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
2786 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
2787 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
2788 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
2789 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
2790 for the place where forced_local and dynindx == -1 are tested. If
2791 either of those tests are true, _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say
2792 the symbol is local, while _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say
2793 the symbol is local only for defined symbols.
2794 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
2795 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
2796 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
2797 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
2800 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2801 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2802 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
2804 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2805 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
2807 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
2811 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
2812 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
2813 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
2816 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
2817 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
2818 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2820 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2821 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
2822 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
2825 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
2826 if (h
->forced_local
)
2829 /* As do non-dynamic symbols. */
2830 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2833 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
2834 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2835 shared libraries. */
2836 if (info
->executable
|| SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
2839 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
2840 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
2841 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
2844 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
2845 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
2848 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
2850 /* STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local. */
2851 if (!bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
2854 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2855 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
2856 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
2857 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
2858 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
2859 return local_protected
;
2862 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
2863 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
2865 struct bfd_section
*
2866 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2868 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
2869 unsigned int align
= 0;
2871 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2872 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2876 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
2877 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
2878 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
2880 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
2882 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
2883 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
2885 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
2890 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
2892 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2893 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
2895 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2897 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
2898 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
2899 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
2902 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2903 /* Function symbols do not count. */
2904 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
2907 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
2908 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
2911 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
2912 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
2913 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
2916 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
2917 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
2918 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
2919 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
2921 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
2923 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
2924 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
2925 in the same way that it used to do. */
2931 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
2932 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
2933 the symbol is defined in this element. */
2935 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
2937 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
2938 bfd_size_type symcount
;
2939 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
2940 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
2941 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
2942 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
2943 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
2946 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
2950 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
2953 /* If we have already included the element containing this symbol in the
2954 link then we do not need to include it again. Just claim that any symbol
2955 it contains is not a definition, so that our caller will not decide to
2956 (re)include this element. */
2957 if (abfd
->archive_pass
)
2960 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. */
2961 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
2962 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2964 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
2966 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2968 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
2969 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
2970 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
2972 extsymcount
= symcount
;
2977 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
2978 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
2981 if (extsymcount
== 0)
2984 /* Read in the symbol table. */
2985 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
2987 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
2990 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
2992 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
2996 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3001 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3003 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3013 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3016 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3020 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3021 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3023 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3024 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3025 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3027 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3028 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3031 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3032 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3033 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3035 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3036 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3037 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3041 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3042 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3045 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3050 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3051 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3052 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3055 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3056 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3060 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3061 bfd_size_type oldsize
;
3062 bfd_size_type strindex
;
3064 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3067 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3068 oldsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
);
3069 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3070 if (strindex
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3073 if (oldsize
== _bfd_elf_strtab_size (hash_table
->dynstr
))
3076 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3079 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3080 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3082 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3083 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3084 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3086 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3088 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3089 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3090 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3092 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3100 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3103 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3107 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3108 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3114 on_needed_list (const char *soname
, struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
)
3116 for (; needed
!= NULL
; needed
= needed
->next
)
3117 if (strcmp (soname
, needed
->name
) == 0)
3123 /* Sort symbol by value and section. */
3125 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3127 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3128 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3129 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3131 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3132 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3133 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3135 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3138 long sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3140 return sdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3145 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3146 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3149 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3151 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3153 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3154 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3158 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3162 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3164 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3165 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3166 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3167 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3170 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3173 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3174 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3176 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3177 sdyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3178 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3180 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3181 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3182 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3183 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3185 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3187 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3191 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3201 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3206 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3209 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3210 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3211 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3212 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3214 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3215 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3217 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3218 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3223 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3224 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3226 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3230 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3232 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3233 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3235 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3237 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3238 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3239 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3241 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3242 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3243 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3246 while (def
.vd_next
);
3249 /* Adjust version references. */
3250 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3255 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3256 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3258 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3262 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3264 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3265 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3266 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3267 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3268 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3270 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3271 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3272 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3274 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3276 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3277 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3280 while (need
.vn_next
);
3286 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3287 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3291 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3292 const bfd_target
*output
)
3294 return input
== output
;
3297 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3298 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3299 are virtually identical. */
3302 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3303 const bfd_target
*output
)
3305 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3307 if (input
== output
)
3310 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3311 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3313 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3316 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3317 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3320 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3323 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3325 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3326 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3327 bfd_size_type symcount
;
3328 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
3329 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
3330 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3331 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3332 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3333 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3334 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3335 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3336 bfd_size_type nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3337 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3339 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3340 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3341 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3342 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3344 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3345 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3346 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3347 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3348 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3351 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3352 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3353 long old_dynsymcount
= 0;
3355 size_t hashsize
= 0;
3357 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3358 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3360 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3366 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3367 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3368 the format of the output file. */
3369 if (info
->relocatable
3370 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3371 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3373 if (info
->relocatable
)
3374 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3376 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3381 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3382 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3383 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3384 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3385 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3386 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3387 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3388 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3389 (_("%P: alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %B, expecting %d\n"),
3390 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3392 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3393 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3394 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3395 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3396 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3397 if (info
->executable
|| info
->shared
)
3401 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3405 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, s
);
3406 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3411 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3413 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3414 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3415 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3416 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3417 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3418 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3419 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3420 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
3424 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3426 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
3428 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
3430 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3431 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
3433 /* We don't want to issue this warning. Clobber
3434 the section size so that the warning does not
3435 get copied into the output file. */
3442 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
3446 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
3451 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3452 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
3453 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
3456 if (! info
->relocatable
)
3458 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
3459 not get copied into the output file. */
3462 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
3463 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
3464 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
3473 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
3474 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
3475 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
3476 format. FIXME: If there are no input BFD's of the same
3477 format as the output, we can't make a shared library. */
3479 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3480 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
3481 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
3483 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
3487 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3492 const char *soname
= NULL
;
3494 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
3497 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
3498 ld shouldn't allow it. */
3499 if ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
3500 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
3503 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
3504 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
3505 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
3506 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
3507 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
3508 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
3510 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
3511 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
3512 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
3514 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3519 unsigned int elfsec
;
3520 unsigned long shlink
;
3522 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
3529 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
3530 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
3531 goto error_free_dyn
;
3532 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
3534 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
3535 extdyn
< dynbuf
+ s
->size
;
3536 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3538 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3540 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3541 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
3543 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3544 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3546 goto error_free_dyn
;
3548 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
3550 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3552 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3554 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3555 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3556 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3557 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3558 goto error_free_dyn
;
3559 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3560 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3562 goto error_free_dyn
;
3563 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3567 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3571 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
3573 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3575 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3577 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3578 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3579 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3580 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3581 goto error_free_dyn
;
3582 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3583 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3585 goto error_free_dyn
;
3586 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3590 for (pn
= & runpath
;
3596 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
3597 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
3599 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
3601 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3603 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
3604 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3605 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3606 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
3607 goto error_free_dyn
;
3608 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
3609 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3611 goto error_free_dyn
;
3612 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
3622 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
3624 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
3625 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
3632 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
3633 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
3639 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
3640 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
3645 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
3646 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
3647 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
3648 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
3649 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
3650 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
3652 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
3654 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
3655 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
3656 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
3657 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
3659 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3661 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
3662 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
3663 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
3666 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
3667 will need to know it. */
3668 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
3670 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
3674 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
3675 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
3676 particular dynamic object more than once. */
3680 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
3681 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
3684 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
3685 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
3686 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
3687 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
3689 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3690 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3692 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3694 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3696 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3697 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
3699 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3701 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3706 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3707 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3711 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
3713 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3715 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3718 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each external
3720 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3721 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
3722 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
3723 goto error_free_sym
;
3724 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
3729 /* Read in any version definitions. */
3730 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
3731 info
->default_imported_symver
))
3732 goto error_free_sym
;
3734 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
3735 to internal format. */
3736 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
3738 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
3740 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
3741 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
3742 if (extversym
== NULL
)
3743 goto error_free_sym
;
3744 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
3745 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3746 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
3747 goto error_free_vers
;
3751 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
3752 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
3753 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
3754 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
3759 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3761 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3762 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3764 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3766 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3767 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3768 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3769 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3773 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
3774 hashsize
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
3775 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
+ hashsize
);
3776 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
3777 goto error_free_vers
;
3779 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
3780 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
3781 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
3782 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
3783 goto error_free_vers
;
3785 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
3786 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
3787 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
3788 notice_as_needed
, 0, NULL
))
3789 goto error_free_vers
;
3791 /* Clone the symbol table and sym hashes. Remember some
3792 pointers into the symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
3793 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
3794 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
3795 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
3796 memcpy (old_hash
, sym_hash
, hashsize
);
3797 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
3798 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
3799 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
3800 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
3801 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
3802 old_dynsymcount
= htab
->dynsymcount
;
3804 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
3806 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
3807 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3809 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
3811 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3812 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3813 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
3814 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3816 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
3817 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
3824 ever
= extversym
!= NULL
? extversym
+ extsymoff
: NULL
;
3825 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
3827 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
3831 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
3834 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3835 bfd_boolean definition
;
3836 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
3837 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
3838 bfd_boolean new_weakdef
;
3839 bfd_boolean override
;
3841 unsigned int old_alignment
;
3843 bfd
* undef_bfd
= NULL
;
3847 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
3849 value
= isym
->st_value
;
3851 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
3853 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
3857 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
3858 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
3859 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
3864 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
3872 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
3873 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
3877 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
3881 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3882 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3883 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
3884 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3885 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
3887 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
3888 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
3889 calls the value we call the alignment. */
3890 value
= isym
->st_size
;
3894 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3896 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
3897 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
3899 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
3901 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
3902 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
3904 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
3908 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3911 goto error_free_vers
;
3913 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3914 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
3916 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
3920 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
3922 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
3924 goto error_free_vers
;
3928 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
3929 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
3930 && !info
->relocatable
)
3932 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
3936 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
3937 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3938 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
3940 goto error_free_vers
;
3944 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
3946 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
3948 goto error_free_vers
;
3950 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
3951 should be skipped for some reason. */
3956 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
3959 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3960 goto error_free_vers
;
3963 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
3964 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
3969 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
3970 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
3975 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
3977 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
3978 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
3981 /* If this is a definition of a symbol which was previously
3982 referenced in a non-weak manner then make a note of the bfd
3983 that contained the reference. This is used if we need to
3984 refer to the source of the reference later on. */
3985 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
3987 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3990 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
3991 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
)
3992 undef_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
3997 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
3998 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
3999 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4004 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4006 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4008 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4009 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4010 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4011 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4012 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4013 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4015 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4016 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4019 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4022 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4024 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4026 else if (vernum
> 1)
4028 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4034 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4035 (_("%B: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4037 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4038 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4039 goto error_free_vers
;
4044 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4045 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4046 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4048 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4051 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4055 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4057 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4059 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4061 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4070 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4071 (_("%B: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4072 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4073 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4074 goto error_free_vers
;
4078 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4079 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4080 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4081 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4082 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4085 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4086 if (newname
== NULL
)
4087 goto error_free_vers
;
4088 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4089 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4091 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4092 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4093 default version of the symbol. */
4094 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4095 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4097 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4102 /* If necessary, make a second attempt to locate the bfd
4103 containing an unresolved, non-weak reference to the
4105 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && undef_bfd
== NULL
)
4107 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4110 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4111 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
)
4112 undef_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4115 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
,
4116 &value
, &old_alignment
,
4117 sym_hash
, &skip
, &override
,
4118 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
))
4119 goto error_free_vers
;
4128 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4129 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4130 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4132 /* Remember the old alignment if this is a common symbol, so
4133 that we don't reduce the alignment later on. We can't
4134 check later, because _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4135 will set a default for the alignment which we want to
4136 override. We also remember the old bfd where the existing
4137 definition comes from. */
4138 switch (h
->root
.type
)
4143 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
4144 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
4145 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
4148 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
4149 old_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
4150 old_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4154 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4158 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4161 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4162 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4163 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4164 goto error_free_vers
;
4167 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4168 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4169 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4172 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4173 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
4175 new_weakdef
= FALSE
;
4178 && (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0
4179 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4180 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4181 && h
->u
.weakdef
== NULL
)
4183 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4184 a dynamic object, using the weakdef field. Later in this
4185 function we will set the weakdef field to the correct
4186 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4187 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4188 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4189 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4190 figure out. If the weakdef field is not already NULL,
4191 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4192 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4193 definition anyhow. */
4195 h
->u
.weakdef
= weaks
;
4200 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4201 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4202 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4207 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4210 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4211 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4212 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4214 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4215 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4217 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4220 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4224 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4225 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4226 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4227 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4228 alignment is maintained. */
4229 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4230 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4232 unsigned int common_align
;
4233 unsigned int normal_align
;
4234 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4238 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4239 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4240 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
4242 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4243 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4244 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4247 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4251 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4252 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4257 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4259 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4262 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4264 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4265 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4266 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4267 (_("Warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %B"
4268 " is greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %A"),
4269 common_bfd
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
4270 1 << common_align
, name
, 1 << normal_align
);
4272 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4273 (_("Warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %B"
4274 " is smaller than %u in %B"),
4275 normal_bfd
, common_bfd
,
4276 1 << normal_align
, name
, 1 << common_align
);
4280 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4281 if ((isym
->st_size
!= 0 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4282 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4285 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4286 && ! size_change_ok
)
4287 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4288 (_("Warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4289 " from %lu in %B to %lu in %B"),
4291 name
, (unsigned long) h
->size
,
4292 (unsigned long) isym
->st_size
);
4294 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4297 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4298 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4299 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4300 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
4301 covered by --warn-common. Allow changed between different
4303 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4304 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4306 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
4307 && (definition
|| h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
4309 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
4311 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
4313 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4314 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
4317 if (h
->type
!= type
)
4319 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
4320 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4321 (_("Warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
4322 " from %d to %d in %B"),
4323 abfd
, name
, h
->type
, type
);
4329 /* Merge st_other field. */
4330 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, definition
, dynamic
);
4332 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4333 reference or definition we just found. Keep a count of
4334 the number of dynamic symbols we find. A dynamic symbol
4335 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4336 object and a shared object. */
4343 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4344 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4355 if (! info
->executable
4371 || (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4373 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
!= -1))
4377 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
4378 if (definition
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) && !info
->relocatable
)
4381 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
4382 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4386 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
4388 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4389 the default name. */
4390 if (definition
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4391 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4392 &sec
, &value
, &dynsym
,
4394 goto error_free_vers
;
4396 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
4398 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4399 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4401 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
4402 aliases can be checked. */
4405 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
4406 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
4408 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4410 goto error_free_vers
;
4412 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
4416 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
4418 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4419 goto error_free_vers
;
4420 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
4422 && h
->u
.weakdef
->dynindx
== -1)
4424 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
->u
.weakdef
))
4425 goto error_free_vers
;
4428 else if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
4429 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
4430 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
4432 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
4436 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
4446 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
4447 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
), htab
->needed
))))
4450 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4452 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
4453 other library is referenced by a regular object.
4454 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
4455 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
4457 if (undef_bfd
!= NULL
4458 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
4460 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4461 (_("%B: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
4463 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4464 (_("note: '%s' is defined in DSO %B so try adding it to the linker command line"),
4466 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
4467 goto error_free_vers
;
4470 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
4471 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
4474 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4476 goto error_free_vers
;
4478 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
4483 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4489 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4495 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4499 /* Restore the symbol table. */
4500 if (bed
->as_needed_cleanup
)
4501 (*bed
->as_needed_cleanup
) (abfd
, info
);
4502 old_hash
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4503 old_ent
= (char *) old_hash
+ hashsize
;
4504 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4505 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
4506 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
4507 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
4508 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
4509 memcpy (sym_hash
, old_hash
, hashsize
);
4510 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
4511 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
4512 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4514 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4515 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4517 unsigned int alignment_power
;
4519 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4521 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4522 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4523 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4524 if (h
->dynindx
>= old_dynsymcount
)
4525 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
4527 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
4528 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
4529 since it can still be loaded at the run-time by another
4531 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4533 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
4534 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
4539 alignment_power
= 0;
4541 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4542 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4543 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4544 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4546 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4547 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4549 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4551 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
4552 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
4553 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
4554 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
4559 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4560 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
4561 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4562 notice_not_needed
, 0, NULL
))
4563 goto error_free_vers
;
4566 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
4568 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4569 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4573 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4575 if (!(*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, abfd
, NULL
,
4576 notice_needed
, 0, NULL
))
4577 goto error_free_vers
;
4582 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, handle
4583 .symver foo, foo@BAR such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
4584 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4586 bfd_size_type cnt
, symidx
;
4588 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
4590 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
4591 char *shortname
, *p
;
4593 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4595 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
4596 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4599 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
4600 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
4602 goto error_free_vers
;
4603 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
4604 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
4606 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
4607 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
4608 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4610 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
4611 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
4612 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
4614 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
4615 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4616 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4617 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
4618 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4620 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
4621 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
4623 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
4629 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4630 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
4633 /* Now set the weakdefs field correctly for all the weak defined
4634 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
4635 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
4636 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
4637 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
4638 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
4639 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
4640 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
4641 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
4642 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
4643 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
4644 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
4648 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
4649 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
4650 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
4651 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4654 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
4655 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
4656 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
4657 amt
= extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4658 sorted_sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4659 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
4661 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
4662 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4663 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
4665 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
4669 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4670 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
4678 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
,
4679 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*),
4682 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
4684 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
4691 weaks
= hlook
->u
.weakdef
;
4692 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= NULL
;
4694 BFD_ASSERT (hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4695 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
4696 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
4697 || hlook
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
);
4698 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4699 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4706 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
4708 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
4709 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4716 long sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
4729 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
4733 for (i
= ilook
; i
< sym_count
; i
++)
4735 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[i
];
4737 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
4738 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
4739 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
)
4741 else if (h
!= hlook
)
4743 hlook
->u
.weakdef
= h
;
4745 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
4746 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
4748 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
4750 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
4753 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4758 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
4759 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
4760 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
4761 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
4762 real definition and the weak definition. */
4763 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
4765 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
4766 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
4773 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
4776 if (bed
->check_directives
4777 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
4780 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
4781 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
4784 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
4785 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
4786 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
4787 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
4788 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
4789 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
4790 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
4791 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
4792 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
4793 This would be a good case for using mmap.
4795 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
4796 different format. It probably can't be done. */
4798 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4799 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
4800 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
4801 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
4805 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
4807 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
4810 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
4811 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
4812 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
4813 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
4814 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
4817 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
4819 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
4822 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
4824 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
4825 free (internal_relocs
);
4832 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
4833 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
4835 && ! info
->traditional_format
4836 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4837 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
4841 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
4842 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
4844 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
4847 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
4848 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
4849 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
4850 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
4851 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
4852 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
4854 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
4856 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
4857 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
4858 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
4861 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
4862 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
4867 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
4869 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
4870 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
4872 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*)
4873 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_link_loaded_list
));
4877 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
4884 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
4886 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
4887 free (nondeflt_vers
);
4888 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
4891 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
4897 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
4898 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
4900 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4901 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4902 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4905 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4909 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4913 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
4914 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
4915 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
4916 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
4918 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
4919 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
4922 /* First check with only one `@'. */
4923 len
= strlen (name
);
4924 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
4926 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1;
4928 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
4929 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
4930 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
4932 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4935 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
4937 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
4938 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
4939 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4942 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
4946 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
4947 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because of a
4948 problem which arises on UnixWare. The UnixWare libc.so is an
4949 archive which includes an entry libc.so.1 which defines a bunch of
4950 symbols. The libc.so archive also includes a number of other
4951 object files, which also define symbols, some of which are the same
4952 as those defined in libc.so.1. Correct linking requires that we
4953 consider each object file in turn, and include it if it defines any
4954 symbols we need. _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols does not do
4955 this; it looks through the list of undefined symbols, and includes
4956 any object file which defines them. When this algorithm is used on
4957 UnixWare, it winds up pulling in libc.so.1 early and defining a
4958 bunch of symbols. This means that some of the other objects in the
4959 archive are not included in the link, which is incorrect since they
4960 precede libc.so.1 in the archive.
4962 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
4963 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
4964 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
4965 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
4968 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
4969 table until nothing further is resolved. */
4972 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4975 bfd_boolean
*defined
= NULL
;
4976 bfd_boolean
*included
= NULL
;
4980 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
4981 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
4982 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
4984 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
4986 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
4987 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
4989 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
4993 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
4994 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
4995 second and subsequent passes. */
4996 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5000 amt
*= sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
5001 defined
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5002 included
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5003 if (defined
== NULL
|| included
== NULL
)
5006 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5007 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5008 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5021 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5022 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5024 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5026 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5029 if (defined
[i
] || included
[i
])
5031 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5037 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5038 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) 0 - 1)
5044 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5046 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5047 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5048 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5049 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5052 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5053 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5054 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5055 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5056 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5058 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5061 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5063 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5068 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5069 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5070 if (element
== NULL
)
5073 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5076 /* Doublecheck that we have not included this object
5077 already--it should be impossible, but there may be
5078 something wrong with the archive. */
5079 if (element
->archive_pass
!= 0)
5081 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5084 element
->archive_pass
= 1;
5086 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5088 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5089 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5091 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5094 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5095 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5096 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5097 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5098 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5099 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5100 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5101 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5104 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5105 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5109 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5114 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5116 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5117 on through the loop. */
5118 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5129 if (defined
!= NULL
)
5131 if (included
!= NULL
)
5136 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5140 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5142 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5145 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5147 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5149 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5154 struct hash_codes_info
5156 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5160 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5161 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5164 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5166 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5172 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5173 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5176 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5177 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5180 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5186 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5187 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5191 /* Compute the hash value. */
5192 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5194 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5195 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5197 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5199 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5207 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5210 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5211 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5212 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5213 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5214 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5215 unsigned long int *indx
;
5216 unsigned long int *counts
;
5219 long int min_dynindx
;
5220 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5221 unsigned long int symindx
;
5222 long int local_indx
;
5223 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5224 unsigned long int mask
;
5228 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5229 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5232 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5234 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5240 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5241 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5244 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5245 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5248 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5249 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5252 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5258 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5259 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5263 /* Compute the hash value. */
5264 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5266 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5267 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5268 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5269 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5271 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5272 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5280 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5281 final dynaminc symbol renumbering. */
5284 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5286 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5287 unsigned long int bucket
;
5288 unsigned long int val
;
5290 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5291 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5294 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5295 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5297 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5298 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5302 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5303 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5304 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5305 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5307 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5308 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5309 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5310 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5312 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5313 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5314 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5315 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
5319 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
5322 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5324 return !(h
->forced_local
5325 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5326 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5327 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5328 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5329 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
5332 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
5333 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
5334 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
5335 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
5336 than 32771 buckets. */
5338 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
5340 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
5344 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
5345 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
5346 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
5347 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
5348 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
5349 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
5350 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
5351 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
5353 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5354 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
5355 unsigned long int nsyms
,
5358 size_t best_size
= 0;
5359 unsigned long int i
;
5361 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
5362 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
5363 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
5364 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
5369 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
5370 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5371 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
5372 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
5373 unsigned long int *counts
;
5375 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
5377 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
5378 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
5380 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
5383 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
5388 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
5392 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
5393 since the size could be large. */
5395 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
5396 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5400 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
5401 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
5403 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
5405 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
5406 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
5407 unsigned long int j
;
5408 unsigned long int fact
;
5410 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
5413 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
5415 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
5416 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
5417 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
5419 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
5420 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
5421 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
5422 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
5423 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
5424 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
5425 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
5428 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
5430 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
5433 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
5434 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
5435 over a few long chains). */
5436 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5437 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
5439 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
5440 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5443 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
5444 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
5445 empty slots (the +1 term). */
5446 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
5447 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
5449 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
5450 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
5451 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
5455 /* Compare with current best results. */
5456 if (max
< best_chlen
)
5460 no_improvement_count
= 0;
5462 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
5463 when there are a large number of symbols. */
5464 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
5471 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
5473 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
5474 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
5475 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
5476 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
5478 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
5479 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
5482 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
5489 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
5492 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5496 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
5497 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
5498 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
5503 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
5504 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
5505 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
5506 addresses of the various sections. */
5509 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5512 const char *filter_shlib
,
5514 const char *depaudit
,
5515 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
5516 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5517 asection
**sinterpptr
)
5519 bfd_size_type soname_indx
;
5521 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5522 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
5526 soname_indx
= (bfd_size_type
) -1;
5528 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
5531 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
5532 if (info
->execstack
)
5533 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
5534 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
5535 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
;
5539 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
5542 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
5544 inputobj
= inputobj
->link_next
)
5549 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
5551 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
5554 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
5558 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
5563 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->stack_flags
= PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
5564 if (exec
&& info
->relocatable
5565 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5566 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
5570 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
5571 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
5572 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
5573 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
5574 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
5575 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
5577 if (info
->relocatable
5578 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
5581 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
5582 we're dynamic or not. */
5583 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
5584 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5587 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
5590 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5592 /* If there were no dynamic objects in the link, there is nothing to
5597 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5599 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
5600 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5602 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5603 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
5605 bfd_boolean all_defined
;
5607 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".interp");
5608 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !info
->executable
);
5612 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5614 if (soname_indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5615 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
5621 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
5623 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
5630 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
5632 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5633 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RPATH
, indx
))
5636 if (info
->new_dtags
)
5638 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, indx
);
5639 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_RUNPATH
, indx
))
5644 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
5648 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5649 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
5650 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5651 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
5655 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
5657 const char * const *p
;
5659 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
5663 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5665 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5666 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
5675 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
5677 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5678 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
5682 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
5686 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
5688 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1
5689 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
5696 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
5697 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
5698 if (info
->export_dynamic
5699 || (info
->executable
&& info
->dynamic
))
5701 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5702 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
5708 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
5709 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5710 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5711 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
5713 const char *verstr
, *name
;
5714 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
5715 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
5716 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
5718 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
5720 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
5722 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
5723 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
5725 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
5726 if (newname
== NULL
)
5728 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
5729 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
5731 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
5732 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
5734 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5735 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5736 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5739 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5740 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5742 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
5744 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
5745 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5746 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
5751 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
5752 not defined in a shared object. */
5754 && !newh
->def_dynamic
5755 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5756 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5760 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
5761 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
5762 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
5764 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5765 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
5770 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
5772 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
5774 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5775 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
5776 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
5778 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5779 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
5780 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
5781 all_defined
= FALSE
;
5786 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5791 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
5792 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
5793 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
5794 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
5799 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
5800 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
5801 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
5803 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
5804 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
5805 h
= (info
->init_function
5806 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5807 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
5814 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
5817 h
= (info
->fini_function
5818 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
5819 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
5826 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
5830 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
5831 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5833 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
5834 if (! info
->executable
)
5839 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
;
5840 sub
= sub
->link_next
)
5841 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
5842 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5843 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
5844 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
5846 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5847 (_("%B: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
5852 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5856 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5857 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5860 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
5861 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5863 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
5864 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5867 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
5868 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
5870 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
5871 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
5875 dynstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
5876 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
5877 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
5878 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
5879 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
5880 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
5882 bfd_size_type strsize
;
5884 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
5885 if ((info
->emit_hash
5886 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
5887 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
5888 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0))
5889 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
5890 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
5891 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
5892 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
5893 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
5898 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
5900 if (bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
5901 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
5904 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5906 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
5907 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
5910 /* Set up the version definition section. */
5911 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
5912 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5914 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
5915 just linking a regular application. */
5916 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
5918 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
5919 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
5920 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
5922 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
5923 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5928 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
5930 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
5931 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
5932 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5933 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5939 /* Make space for the base version. */
5940 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5941 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5944 /* Make space for the default version. */
5945 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5947 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5951 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
5953 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
5955 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
5959 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5960 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5963 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
5964 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
5968 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
5969 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
5972 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
5976 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
5977 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
5980 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
5982 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5983 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5987 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
5988 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
5989 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
5992 if (soname_indx
!= (bfd_size_type
) -1)
5994 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
5996 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
5997 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6004 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6005 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6006 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6008 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6010 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6012 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6014 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6015 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6016 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6017 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6019 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6021 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6022 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6024 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6026 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6029 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6030 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6032 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6035 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6036 aux block, but different flags. */
6039 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6041 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6042 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6045 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6046 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6047 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6049 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6050 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6051 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6053 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6056 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6058 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6063 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6066 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6068 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6069 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6071 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6073 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6076 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6077 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6079 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6082 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6084 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6085 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6087 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6088 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6089 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6090 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6091 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6094 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6095 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6096 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6097 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6099 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6100 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6101 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6103 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6104 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6105 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6107 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6108 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6110 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6111 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6112 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6113 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6115 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6116 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6117 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6119 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6121 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6123 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6125 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6129 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6130 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6133 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6134 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6136 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6138 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6139 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6140 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6144 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
6145 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, cdefs
))
6148 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6151 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
6153 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
6156 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
6158 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
6164 if (info
->executable
)
6165 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
6168 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
6172 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6174 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6175 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6177 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6180 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6181 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6183 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6185 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6186 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6191 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6192 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6195 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
6200 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6203 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6207 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6209 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6211 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6212 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6216 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6217 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6221 for (t
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6226 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6230 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6233 t
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6235 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6236 elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6237 ? elf_dt_name (t
->vn_bfd
)
6238 : lbasename (t
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6240 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6243 t
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6244 if (t
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6247 t
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6248 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6250 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, t
,
6251 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6252 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6254 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6256 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6257 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6258 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6259 if (indx
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
6262 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6265 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6267 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6268 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6269 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6273 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
6274 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
6277 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6281 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
6282 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
6283 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6284 §ion_sym_count
) == 0)
6286 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6287 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6293 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
6294 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
6296 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6300 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6301 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
6302 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6304 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6309 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
6310 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
6312 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6316 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
6317 _bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym. */
6318 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6319 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
6320 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6322 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= s
;
6326 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
6327 if (((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6328 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
))
6329 && !_bfd_elf_link_omit_section_dynsym (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
6331 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= s
;
6335 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
== NULL
)
6336 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
6337 = elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
;
6341 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6345 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6348 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6349 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
6351 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6355 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
6356 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
6357 unsigned int dtagcount
;
6359 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6361 /* Assign dynsym indicies. In a shared library we generate a
6362 section symbol for each output section, which come first.
6363 Next come all of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms,
6364 followed by the rest of the global symbols. */
6366 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
6367 §ion_sym_count
);
6369 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
6370 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
6371 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6372 if (dynsymcount
!= 0
6373 && (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
6375 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
6376 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6377 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6380 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
6384 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
6385 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
6386 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
6387 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
6388 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
6389 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
6390 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
6391 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6392 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6394 if (dynsymcount
!= 0)
6396 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6397 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6400 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol.
6401 Clear all the section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
6402 ++section_sym_count
;
6403 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6406 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
6408 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
6409 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
6410 if (info
->emit_hash
)
6412 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
6413 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
6415 unsigned long int nsyms
;
6417 size_t hash_entry_size
;
6419 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6420 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6422 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
6423 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6424 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
6426 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
6427 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
6429 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6430 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6431 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
6438 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
6440 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
6443 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6446 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6448 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
6449 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6450 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
6451 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
6452 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6453 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6456 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
6457 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
6458 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
6461 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
6464 unsigned char *contents
;
6465 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
6469 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
6471 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
6472 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
6474 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
6475 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6476 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
6479 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
6480 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
6481 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
6484 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
6485 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6486 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
6489 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6494 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
6496 if (bucketcount
== 0)
6498 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6502 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.hash");
6503 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6505 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
6507 /* Empty .gnu.hash section is special. */
6508 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
6509 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6510 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6511 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6512 if (contents
== NULL
)
6514 s
->contents
= contents
;
6515 /* 1 empty bucket. */
6516 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
6517 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
6518 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
6519 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
6520 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
6521 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
6522 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
6523 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
6524 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
6525 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
6526 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
6527 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
6531 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
6532 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
6536 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
6538 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
6540 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
6541 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
6543 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
6544 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
6546 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
6552 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
6553 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
6554 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
6555 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
6556 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
6557 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
6558 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6559 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
6561 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6565 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
6566 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
6567 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
6568 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
6570 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6571 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
6572 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
6573 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
6575 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6576 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
6578 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
6579 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
6581 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
6582 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
6583 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
6585 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
6586 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6587 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6588 if (contents
== NULL
)
6590 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6591 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6595 s
->contents
= contents
;
6596 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
6597 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
6598 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
6599 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
6600 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
6602 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
6604 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
6605 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
6607 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
6611 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
6613 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, populate .gnu.hash section. */
6614 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6615 elf_renumber_gnu_hash_syms
, &cinfo
);
6617 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
6618 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
6620 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
6622 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
6625 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
6626 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
6630 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
6631 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6633 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
6635 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
6637 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
6638 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
6645 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
6648 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6651 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
6652 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
6655 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
6658 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6663 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6666 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
6667 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
6668 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
6669 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
6670 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
6672 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
6674 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
6675 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (abfd
,
6676 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6677 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
6679 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
6680 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
6683 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
6684 _bfd_merge_sections (abfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
6685 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
6689 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
6691 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
6692 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
6693 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
6696 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
6700 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
6701 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
6706 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
6707 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
6710 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
6711 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
6713 /* Set local fields. */
6716 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
6717 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
6718 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
6719 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
6720 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
6721 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
6722 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
6723 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
6730 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
6731 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
6734 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6735 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
6736 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
6738 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6740 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
6741 symbol which just became indirect. */
6743 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
6744 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
6745 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
6746 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
6747 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
6748 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
6750 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6753 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
6754 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
6755 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6756 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
6758 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
6759 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
6760 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
6761 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
6764 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
6766 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
6767 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
6768 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
6769 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
6772 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
6774 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
6775 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
6776 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
6777 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
6779 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
6784 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6785 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6786 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6788 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
6789 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6791 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6796 h
->forced_local
= 1;
6797 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
6800 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6806 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. */
6809 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
6810 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
6812 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
6813 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
6815 unsigned int entsize
,
6816 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
6819 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
6821 memset (table
, 0, sizeof * table
);
6822 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6823 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
6824 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6825 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
6826 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
6827 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
6829 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
6831 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
6832 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
6837 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
6839 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
6840 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
6842 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
6843 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
6845 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6849 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
6850 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
6860 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
6861 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
6862 entry for a dynamic object. */
6865 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
6867 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6868 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6869 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
6873 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
6876 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6877 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6878 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
6885 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
6887 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6888 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6889 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
6892 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
6893 the linker ELF emulation code. */
6895 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6896 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6897 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6899 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6901 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
6904 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
6905 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
6907 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
6908 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6909 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6911 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6913 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
6916 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
6917 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
6918 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
6921 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
6923 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6924 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
6925 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
6929 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
6930 the ELF linker emulation code. */
6933 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
6934 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
6937 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
6938 unsigned int elfsec
;
6939 unsigned long shlink
;
6940 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
6942 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
6946 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6947 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
6950 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
6951 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
6954 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
6957 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
6958 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
6961 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
6963 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
6964 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
6967 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
6968 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
6970 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
6972 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
6974 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
6977 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
6980 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
6981 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
6984 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
6989 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7010 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7012 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7013 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7014 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7017 struct elf_symbuf_head
7019 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7020 bfd_size_type count
;
7021 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7028 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7029 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7034 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7037 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7039 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7040 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7042 return s1
->st_shndx
- s2
->st_shndx
;
7046 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7048 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7049 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7050 return strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7053 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7054 elf_create_symbuf (bfd_size_type symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7056 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7057 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7058 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7059 bfd_size_type i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7061 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7065 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7066 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7067 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7070 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7071 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7074 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7075 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7076 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7079 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7080 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7081 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7082 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7088 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7089 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7090 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7091 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7092 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7094 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7097 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7098 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7099 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7101 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7102 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7103 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7106 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_size_type
) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7107 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7114 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7118 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7119 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7122 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
7123 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
7124 bfd_size_type symcount1
, symcount2
;
7125 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
7126 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
7127 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
7128 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
7129 bfd_size_type count1
, count2
, i
;
7130 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
7136 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
7137 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7138 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7141 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
7144 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
7145 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
7146 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
7149 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
7150 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
7151 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
7152 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7153 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
7154 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7156 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
7162 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
7163 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
7165 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
7167 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
7169 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
7172 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7173 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
7174 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
7177 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
7179 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
7181 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
7184 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
7185 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
7186 = elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
7189 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
7191 /* Optimized faster version. */
7192 bfd_size_type lo
, hi
, mid
;
7193 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
7194 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
7197 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
7202 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7203 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7205 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7209 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
7216 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
7221 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
7222 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7224 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
7228 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
7234 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7237 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7238 bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7239 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7240 bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7241 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7245 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
7246 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7248 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7249 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
7255 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
7256 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
7258 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
7259 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
7264 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7265 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7266 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7267 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7268 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7270 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7271 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7272 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
7273 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
7274 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7281 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7282 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7283 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
7284 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
7285 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
7288 /* Count definitions in the section. */
7290 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7291 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
7292 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7295 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
7296 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
7297 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
7299 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
7302 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7304 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
7305 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7307 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
7309 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
7310 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
7312 /* Sort symbol by name. */
7313 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7314 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7315 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
7316 elf_sym_name_compare
);
7318 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
7319 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
7320 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
7321 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
7322 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
7340 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
7343 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
7344 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
7348 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
7349 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
7352 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
7355 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
7357 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
7359 struct elf_final_link_info
7361 /* General link information. */
7362 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
7365 /* Symbol string table. */
7366 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
7367 /* .dynsym section. */
7368 asection
*dynsym_sec
;
7369 /* .hash section. */
7371 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
7372 asection
*symver_sec
;
7373 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
7375 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
7376 void *external_relocs
;
7377 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
7378 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
7379 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
7381 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
7382 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
7383 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
7384 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
7386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
7387 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
7388 of any input BFD. */
7390 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
7391 symbol of any input BFD. */
7392 asection
**sections
;
7393 /* Buffer to hold swapped out symbols. */
7395 /* And one for symbol section indices. */
7396 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
7397 /* Number of swapped out symbols in buffer. */
7398 size_t symbuf_count
;
7399 /* Number of symbols which fit in symbuf. */
7401 /* And same for symshndxbuf. */
7402 size_t shndxbuf_size
;
7405 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
7407 struct elf_outext_info
7410 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
7411 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
7415 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
7417 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
7418 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
7419 relocations themselves.
7421 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
7422 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
7423 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
7424 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
7426 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
7427 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
7428 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
7429 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
7432 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
7433 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
7436 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
7437 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
7441 <binary-operator> := as in C
7442 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
7445 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
7446 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7451 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7453 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
7455 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
7457 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7459 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
7460 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
7462 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
7463 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
7464 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
7465 sym
->st_value
= val
;
7468 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
7472 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
7473 to "defined" and give it a value. */
7475 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
7476 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
7477 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
7478 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
7479 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
7480 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
7481 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
7482 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
7486 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
7488 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7490 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7493 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7494 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
7495 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
7496 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7499 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7501 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
7505 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
7508 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
7509 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
7512 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
7513 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
7515 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
7517 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
7519 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
7520 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
7522 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
7523 (unsigned long) *result
);
7529 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
7530 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
7531 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7535 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7536 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7538 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
7539 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
7540 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
7542 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
7543 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
7552 resolve_section (const char *name
,
7559 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7560 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
7562 *result
= curr
->vma
;
7566 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
7567 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
7569 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
7570 if (len
> strlen (name
))
7573 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
7575 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
7577 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
;
7581 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
7589 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
7591 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
7596 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
7599 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
7601 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
7610 const char *sym
= *symp
;
7612 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
7617 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
7619 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7632 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
7636 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
7639 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
7640 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
7642 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
7644 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7648 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
7649 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
7650 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
7652 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
7653 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
7654 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
7655 section", and likewise with symbol. */
7657 if (symbol_is_section
)
7659 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
)
7660 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7661 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
7663 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
7669 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
7670 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
7671 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
7674 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
7681 /* All that remains are operators. */
7683 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
7684 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7686 sym += strlen (#op); \
7690 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7691 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7694 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
7700 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
7701 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
7703 sym += strlen (#op); \
7707 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7708 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7711 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
7712 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
7715 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
7745 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
7746 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7752 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
7753 unsigned long chunksz
,
7758 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
7760 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
, x
>>= (chunksz
* 8))
7768 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7771 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7774 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7778 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
7788 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
7789 unsigned long chunksz
,
7795 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
7803 x
= (x
<< (8 * chunksz
)) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
7806 x
= (x
<< (8 * chunksz
)) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
7809 x
= (x
<< (8 * chunksz
)) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
7813 x
= (x
<< (8 * chunksz
)) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
7824 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
7825 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
7826 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
7827 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
7828 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
7829 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
7830 unsigned long *signed_p
,
7831 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
7832 unsigned long encoded
)
7834 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
7835 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
7836 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
7837 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
7838 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
7839 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
7840 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
7841 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
7844 bfd_reloc_status_type
7845 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
7846 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7848 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7851 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
7852 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
7853 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7855 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
7856 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
7857 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
7858 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
7859 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
7861 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
7862 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
7863 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
7865 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
7868 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
7870 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
7872 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7873 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7876 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
7877 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
7878 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
7879 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
7880 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
7881 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
7882 (unsigned long) relocation
);
7887 /* Now do an overflow check. */
7888 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
7889 ? complain_overflow_signed
7890 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
7891 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
7895 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
7898 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
7899 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
7900 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
7901 " result: %8.8lx\n",
7902 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
7903 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
7905 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
7906 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7910 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
7911 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
7912 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
7916 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
7917 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
7920 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7922 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
7923 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
7924 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
7926 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
7927 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
7929 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
7931 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
7932 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
7934 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
7936 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
7937 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
7942 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
7945 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
7952 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
7956 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
7957 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
7959 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
7962 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
7965 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
7967 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
7968 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
7969 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
7970 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
7971 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
7975 struct elf_link_sort_rela
7981 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
7982 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
7983 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
7987 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
7989 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
7990 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
7991 int relativea
, relativeb
;
7993 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
7994 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
7996 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
7998 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
8000 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8002 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
8004 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8006 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8012 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
8014 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
8015 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
8018 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
8020 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
8022 copya
= (a
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (a
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
8023 copyb
= (b
->type
== reloc_class_copy
) * 2 + (b
->type
== reloc_class_plt
);
8028 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8030 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
8036 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
8038 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
8041 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
8042 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
8043 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
8044 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
8045 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8046 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8047 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8048 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8049 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
8051 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
8053 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
8054 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
8055 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
8056 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
8057 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8059 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
8061 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
8062 It's initialization checking code is not perfect. */
8065 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
8066 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
8067 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8068 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8070 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8072 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8074 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8075 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8076 It is of no help to us. */
8080 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8081 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8084 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8085 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8091 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8095 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8097 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8098 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8101 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8102 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8108 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8113 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8115 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8116 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8121 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8122 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8124 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8126 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
8128 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8129 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
8130 It is of no help to us. */
8134 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
8135 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== FALSE
))
8138 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8139 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8145 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8149 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
8151 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
8152 if (use_rela_initialised
&& (use_rela
== TRUE
))
8155 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are in more than one size"), abfd
);
8156 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8162 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
8167 /* The section size is not divisible by either - something is wrong. */
8169 (_("%B: Unable to sort relocs - they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
8170 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8175 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
8179 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
8181 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
8188 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
8189 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
8190 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8191 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8195 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
8196 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
8197 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8198 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8202 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8203 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8204 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
8206 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
8209 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
8210 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
8212 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
8215 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
8219 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
8220 (info
, _("Not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
8224 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8225 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
8227 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
8229 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8230 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8232 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8233 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8235 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
8237 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
8238 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
8239 relocs in this case. */
8244 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8245 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8246 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8248 while (erel
< erelend
)
8250 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8252 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
8253 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (s
->rela
);
8254 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
8260 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
8262 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8264 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8265 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
8271 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
8272 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
8274 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8275 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
8277 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
8280 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
8282 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
8283 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
8285 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
8286 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
8289 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
8290 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
8291 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
8292 while (erel
< erelend
)
8294 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
8295 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
8302 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
8306 /* Flush the output symbols to the file. */
8309 elf_link_flush_output_syms (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8310 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
)
8312 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
> 0)
8314 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8318 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8319 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
8320 amt
= flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8321 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8322 || bfd_bwrite (flinfo
->symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) != amt
)
8325 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
8326 flinfo
->symbuf_count
= 0;
8332 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol table. */
8335 elf_link_output_sym (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8337 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
8338 asection
*input_sec
,
8339 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8342 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*destshndx
;
8343 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
8344 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
8345 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
8346 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8348 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8349 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
8350 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
8352 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
8357 if (name
== NULL
|| *name
== '\0')
8358 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8359 else if (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
8360 elfsym
->st_name
= 0;
8363 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
8365 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
8369 if (flinfo
->symbuf_count
>= flinfo
->symbuf_size
)
8371 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (flinfo
, bed
))
8375 dest
= flinfo
->symbuf
+ flinfo
->symbuf_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8376 destshndx
= flinfo
->symshndxbuf
;
8377 if (destshndx
!= NULL
)
8379 if (bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) >= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
)
8383 amt
= flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
8384 destshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_realloc (destshndx
,
8386 if (destshndx
== NULL
)
8388 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= destshndx
;
8389 memset ((char *) destshndx
+ amt
, 0, amt
);
8390 flinfo
->shndxbuf_size
*= 2;
8392 destshndx
+= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8395 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, elfsym
, dest
, destshndx
);
8396 flinfo
->symbuf_count
+= 1;
8397 bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) += 1;
8402 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
8405 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
8407 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
8408 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
8410 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
8412 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8413 (_("%B: Too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
8414 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
8415 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8421 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
8422 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
8423 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
8424 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
8425 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
8428 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8429 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
8430 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8433 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
8435 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
8438 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8444 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8445 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8446 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
8447 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8448 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
8452 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8453 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8454 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8457 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8458 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
8461 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
8463 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
8465 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
8468 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
8469 bfd_size_type symcount
;
8470 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
8471 bfd_size_type extsymoff
;
8472 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
8473 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8474 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
8475 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
8476 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
8477 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
8479 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
8481 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
8483 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
8484 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
8487 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
8489 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8490 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
8492 extsymcount
= symcount
;
8497 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
8498 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
8501 if (extsymcount
== 0)
8504 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
8506 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8509 /* Read in any version definitions. */
8510 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
8511 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
8512 if (extversym
== NULL
)
8515 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
8516 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
8517 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
8525 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
8526 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
8527 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
8530 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
8531 unsigned short version_index
;
8533 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
8534 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8537 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
8540 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
8543 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
8545 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
8547 && h
->forced_local
))
8549 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
8550 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
8551 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
8556 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
8557 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
8559 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
8573 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
8574 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
8575 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
8576 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
8577 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
8581 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
8583 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
8584 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
8585 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
8587 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
8588 asection
*input_sec
;
8589 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8593 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8595 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8596 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8600 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
8601 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
8603 if (!h
->forced_local
)
8608 if (h
->forced_local
)
8612 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8614 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
8616 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
8617 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
8618 references in regular files have already been handled unless
8619 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
8621 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
8623 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
8624 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
8625 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
8626 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
8628 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
8631 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
8632 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
8633 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
8635 if (!(flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
8636 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
8637 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
8639 (flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
8640 == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
))))
8642 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8643 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8649 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
8650 shared libraries. */
8651 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
8652 && flinfo
->info
->executable
8658 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
8663 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
8664 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8665 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
8666 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8668 msg
= _("%B: local symbol `%s' in %B is referenced by DSO");
8669 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
8670 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
8671 def_bfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
8672 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, def_bfd
,
8673 h
->root
.root
.string
);
8674 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8675 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8679 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
8680 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
8681 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
8685 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
8687 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
8691 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
8693 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
8694 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
8695 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
8697 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8698 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8699 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
8700 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
8701 || (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
8702 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
8704 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8705 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8706 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
8707 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
8712 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
8713 nothing else to do unless it is a forced local symbol or a
8714 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. */
8717 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
8718 && !h
->forced_local
)
8722 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
8723 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
8724 if (h
->forced_local
)
8726 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, h
->type
);
8727 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
8728 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
8730 else if (h
->unique_global
)
8731 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, h
->type
);
8732 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8733 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8734 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, h
->type
);
8736 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, h
->type
);
8737 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
8739 switch (h
->root
.type
)
8742 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
8743 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
8747 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
8748 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
8749 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
8750 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8753 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
8754 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
8756 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
8757 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8760 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
8761 input_sec
->output_section
);
8762 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
8764 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8765 (_("%B: could not find output section %A for input section %A"),
8766 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
8767 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
8768 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8772 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
8773 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
8775 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
8776 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
8778 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8779 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
8781 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
8782 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8783 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
8786 /* The TLS section may have been garbage collected. */
8787 BFD_ASSERT (flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
8788 && !input_sec
->gc_mark
);
8795 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
8796 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
8797 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
8798 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
8803 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
8804 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
8805 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
8806 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
8809 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
8810 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
8811 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
8812 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
8813 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
8814 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
8815 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
8819 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
8820 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
8821 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
8822 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
8823 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
8824 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
8826 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
8827 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
8829 && ((flinfo
->info
->shared
8830 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
8831 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
8832 || !h
->forced_local
)
8833 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
8835 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
8836 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
8838 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8843 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
8844 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
8845 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
8846 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
8847 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
8848 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
8849 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
8851 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
8852 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
8855 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
8857 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
8858 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8861 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
8862 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
8864 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
8865 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
8868 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
8869 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
8870 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
8871 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
8872 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
8877 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
8878 locally, it is a fatal error. */
8879 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
8880 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
8881 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
8882 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
8887 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
8888 msg
= _("%B: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
8889 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
8890 msg
= _("%B: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
8892 msg
= _("%B: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
8893 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
8894 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8895 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8899 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
8900 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
8901 the entry in the .hash section. */
8902 if (flinfo
->dynsym_sec
!= NULL
8904 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8908 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
8909 esym
= flinfo
->dynsym_sec
->contents
+ h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8910 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
8912 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8915 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
8917 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
8919 size_t hash_entry_size
;
8920 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
8925 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
8926 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
8929 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
8930 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
8931 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
8932 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
8933 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
8935 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
8936 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
8937 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
8940 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
8942 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
8943 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
8945 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8947 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
)
8948 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
8950 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
8954 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
8955 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
8957 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
8958 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
8963 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
8965 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
8966 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
8967 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
8971 /* If we're stripping it, then it was just a dynamic symbol, and
8972 there's nothing else to do. */
8973 if (strip
|| (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
8976 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
8977 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
, input_sec
, h
);
8980 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
8985 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
8991 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
8992 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
8995 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
8997 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
8999 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9001 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9002 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9008 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
9009 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
9010 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
9016 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
9017 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
9018 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
9019 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
9020 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
9021 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
9022 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
9023 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
9026 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
9028 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
9031 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
9034 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
9037 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
9040 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
9043 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
9044 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9046 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
9047 asection
*s
= first
;
9051 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
9054 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
9062 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
9063 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
9067 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9071 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
9074 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
9075 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
9077 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
9078 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
9080 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
9085 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
9086 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
9087 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
9088 don't have to keep them in memory. */
9091 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
9093 int (*relocate_section
)
9094 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
9095 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
9097 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9100 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9101 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9102 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9104 asection
**ppsection
;
9106 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9107 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
9108 bfd_size_type address_size
;
9109 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
9112 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9113 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9114 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
9116 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
9117 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
9119 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
9122 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9123 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9125 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9130 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9131 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9134 /* Read the local symbols. */
9135 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
9136 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
9138 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
9139 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
9140 flinfo
->external_syms
,
9141 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
9142 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9146 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
9147 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
9148 going into the output file. */
9149 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
9150 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
9152 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
9156 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
9162 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
9164 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
9171 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9172 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9173 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
9174 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
9175 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
9176 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
9179 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
9182 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
9183 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
9187 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
9188 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
9190 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
9191 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
9197 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. */
9198 if (ppsection
== flinfo
->sections
)
9201 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9203 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
9204 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
9209 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
9211 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9214 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
9215 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
9216 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
9217 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
9219 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
9222 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
9223 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
9224 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
9225 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
9226 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
9227 isec
->output_section
))
9230 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
9231 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9236 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
9237 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9238 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
9240 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
9241 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9242 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
9243 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
9248 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
9249 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9250 isec
->output_section
);
9251 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9254 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
9255 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
9256 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
9257 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
9258 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
9259 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
9260 these requirements. */
9261 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
9262 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9264 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
9265 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9267 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
9268 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
);
9269 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
9273 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9274 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
9281 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9289 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
9294 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
9295 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
9296 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
9300 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
9302 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
9306 if (flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9307 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
9309 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
9310 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
9311 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
9312 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
9314 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
9315 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9316 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
9318 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
9319 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9320 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9321 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9322 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
9324 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
9326 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9328 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
9329 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9330 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
9334 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
9336 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
9337 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
9338 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
9343 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
9344 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
9349 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9351 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9354 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
9356 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9357 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
, NULL
);
9361 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
9365 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
9366 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
9370 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
9371 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
9374 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
9376 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
9381 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
9382 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
9383 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
9384 the routines which work on output files. */
9385 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
9386 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
9389 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
9390 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
9394 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
9396 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
9397 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
9398 int action_discarded
;
9401 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
9403 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
9404 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
9405 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
9406 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
9409 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
9410 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
9411 if (o
->size
> address_size
9412 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
9413 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9414 ".init_array") == 0)
9415 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
9416 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
9417 ".fini_array") == 0))
9418 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
9420 if (o
->size
!= o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
9422 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9423 (_("error: %B: size of section %A is not "
9424 "multiple of address size"),
9426 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_on_input
);
9429 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
9432 action_discarded
= -1;
9433 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
9434 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
9436 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
9437 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
9438 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
9439 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
9440 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
9442 rel
= internal_relocs
;
9443 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9444 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
9446 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9447 unsigned int s_type
;
9448 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
9449 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
9450 const char *sym_name
;
9452 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9455 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9456 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9457 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9459 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
9461 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
9462 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
9463 we do not seg fault. */
9468 sprintf_vma (buffer
, rel
->r_info
);
9469 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
9470 (_("error: %B contains a reloc (0x%s) for section %A "
9471 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
9472 input_bfd
, o
, buffer
);
9473 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9477 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9478 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9479 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9484 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9485 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9486 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9488 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
9492 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
9494 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
9495 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9496 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
9500 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
9501 && !flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9504 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
9505 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
9507 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
9508 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
9509 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
9510 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
9511 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
9512 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
9513 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
9514 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
9515 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
9517 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
9518 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
9521 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
9522 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
9527 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
9529 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
9530 discarded section. */
9531 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
9533 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
9534 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
9535 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
9536 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%A' of %B: "
9537 "defined in discarded section `%A' of %B\n"),
9538 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
9540 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
9541 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
9542 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
9543 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
9544 symbol here means we will be changing all later
9545 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
9546 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
9550 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
9562 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
9564 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
9565 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
9566 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
9567 reloc addend as necessary.
9569 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
9570 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
9572 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
9573 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
9574 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
9576 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
9577 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
9578 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
9579 corresponding to the output section, which will require
9580 the addend to be adjusted. */
9582 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
9583 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
9591 || flinfo
->info
->relocatable
9592 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
9594 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
9595 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
9596 bfd_vma last_offset
;
9597 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
9598 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
9599 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
9600 unsigned int next_erel
;
9601 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
9602 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
9604 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
9605 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
9606 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
9608 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
9610 irela
= internal_relocs
;
9611 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9612 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
9613 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
9614 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
9616 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
9617 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
9618 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9619 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9620 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
9621 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
9622 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9623 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9624 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
9626 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9628 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9630 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9636 if (irela
== irelamid
)
9638 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
9639 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
9640 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
9643 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
9646 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
9648 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
9649 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
9650 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
9651 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
9653 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
9655 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
9659 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
9661 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
9662 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9663 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
9665 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
9667 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
9668 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9671 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
9672 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
9673 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
9675 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
9678 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
9679 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
9680 we do not know the symbol index of any global
9681 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
9682 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
9683 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
9684 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
9685 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
9686 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
9687 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
9688 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9689 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9691 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
9692 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
9694 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
9702 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
9705 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
9706 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
9707 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9709 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
9710 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
9711 processor specific section. */
9712 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
9713 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
9715 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
9717 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9722 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
9724 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
9725 section will be the absolute section. In
9726 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
9727 the kept section. relocate_section should
9728 have already handled discarded linkonce
9730 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
9731 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
9732 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9734 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
9735 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
9738 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
9740 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
9741 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
9743 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
9744 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
9746 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
9747 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
9752 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
9753 section winds up in the output section. */
9755 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
9759 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
9761 unsigned long shlink
;
9766 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9768 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
9769 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9773 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
9774 since it is needed by a reloc, we
9775 must output it now. */
9776 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
9777 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
9778 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
9782 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
9784 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
9786 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
9789 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
9790 if (!flinfo
->info
->relocatable
)
9792 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
9793 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
9795 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
9797 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
9799 sym
.st_value
-= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)
9804 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
9805 ret
= elf_link_output_sym (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, sec
,
9810 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
9815 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
9818 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
9819 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
9822 /* Swap out the relocs. */
9823 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
9824 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
9826 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
9831 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
9832 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
9833 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
9836 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
9837 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
9839 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
9848 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
9849 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
9850 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
9853 /* Section written out. */
9855 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
9857 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9858 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
9860 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
9861 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
9864 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
9865 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
9866 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
9869 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9871 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
9878 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
9879 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9881 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
9882 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
9883 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
9885 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
9888 todo
-= address_size
;
9889 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
9897 offset
+= address_size
;
9901 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
9915 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
9916 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
9917 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
9921 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9922 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9923 asection
*output_section
,
9924 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
9926 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9930 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
9931 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
9932 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9933 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9934 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
9937 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
9939 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
9942 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9946 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
9949 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
9950 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
9951 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
9958 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
9959 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
9960 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
9962 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
9963 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
9964 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
9968 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9970 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
9971 actually against the section. */
9972 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
9973 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
9974 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
9975 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
9977 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9978 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9982 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9983 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
9984 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
9985 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
9986 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
9987 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
9988 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
9992 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
9993 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
10000 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
10001 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0)))
10007 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
10009 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
10011 bfd_size_type size
;
10012 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
10015 const char *sym_name
;
10017 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
10018 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
10021 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
10028 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10031 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10032 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
10033 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (output_bfd
,
10034 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
10036 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
10037 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10038 (info
, NULL
, sym_name
, howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
,
10039 NULL
, (bfd_vma
) 0)))
10046 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
10047 link_order
->offset
, size
);
10053 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
10054 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
10056 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
10057 if (! info
->relocatable
)
10058 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
10060 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
10062 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
10063 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
10064 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
10066 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10067 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10069 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
10071 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
10072 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
10073 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
10075 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
10076 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10080 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
10081 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
10082 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
10091 /* Get the output vma of the section pointed to by the sh_link field. */
10094 elf_get_linked_section_vma (struct bfd_link_order
*p
)
10096 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**elf_shdrp
;
10100 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10101 elf_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (s
->owner
);
10102 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (s
->owner
, s
);
10103 elfsec
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
10105 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
10106 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
10107 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
10108 where elfsec is 0. */
10111 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
10112 = get_elf_backend_data (s
->owner
);
10113 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
10114 bed
->link_order_error_handler
10115 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"), s
->owner
, s
);
10120 s
= elf_shdrp
[elfsec
]->bfd_section
;
10121 return s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10126 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
10127 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
10130 compare_link_order (const void * a
, const void * b
)
10135 apos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)a
);
10136 bpos
= elf_get_linked_section_vma (*(struct bfd_link_order
**)b
);
10139 return apos
> bpos
;
10143 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
10144 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
10145 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
10146 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
10149 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
10151 int seen_linkorder
;
10154 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10156 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10158 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
10159 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
10163 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
10165 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10166 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10168 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10170 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10172 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10173 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
10174 && (elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (sub
, s
))
10175 && elfsec
< elf_numsections (sub
)
10176 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
10177 && elf_elfsections (sub
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
< elf_numsections (sub
))
10191 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
10193 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
10194 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered [`%A' in %B] and unordered [`%A' in %B] sections"),
10196 linkorder_sec
->owner
, other_sec
,
10199 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%A has both ordered and unordered sections"),
10201 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10206 if (!seen_linkorder
)
10209 sections
= (struct bfd_link_order
**)
10210 bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*));
10211 if (sections
== NULL
)
10213 seen_linkorder
= 0;
10215 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10217 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
10219 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
10220 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (struct bfd_link_order
*),
10221 compare_link_order
);
10223 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
10225 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
10227 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
10228 offset
&= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
10229 s
->output_offset
= offset
;
10230 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
10231 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
10232 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
10240 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
10243 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10245 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
10246 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
10248 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
10250 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
10252 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
10253 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
10254 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
10255 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
10256 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
10258 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
10260 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10261 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10262 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
10263 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
10264 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
10265 bfd_boolean merged
;
10266 size_t relativecount
= 0;
10267 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
10269 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
10270 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
10271 const char *std_attrs_section
;
10273 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
10277 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
10279 dynamic
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
10280 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10282 emit_relocs
= (info
->relocatable
10283 || info
->emitrelocations
);
10285 flinfo
.info
= info
;
10286 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
10287 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
10288 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
10293 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= NULL
;
10294 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
10295 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
10299 flinfo
.dynsym_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynsym");
10300 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".hash");
10301 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
10302 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
10303 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
10306 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
10307 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
10308 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
10309 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
10310 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
10311 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
10312 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
10313 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
10314 flinfo
.symbuf
= NULL
;
10315 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
10316 flinfo
.symbuf_count
= 0;
10317 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= 0;
10319 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
10320 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
10322 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
10323 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10325 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
10326 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
10328 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10330 asection
*input_section
;
10332 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10334 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10335 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
10336 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
10337 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
10340 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
10343 bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, o
, attr_size
);
10345 /* Skip this section later on. */
10346 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
10349 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10353 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
10354 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
10355 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
10356 max_contents_size
= 0;
10357 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
10358 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
10360 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
10362 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10364 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10365 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10367 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10369 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
10370 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
10372 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10373 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10375 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
10379 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
10380 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
10382 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
10383 link. This will normally be every section. We need
10384 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
10385 the linker has decided to not include. */
10386 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
10388 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10391 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
10392 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
10393 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
10394 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
10395 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
10397 else if (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
)
10398 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10399 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
10400 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
10402 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
10403 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
10404 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
10405 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
10407 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
10409 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10410 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
10414 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
10415 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
10416 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10418 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
10420 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
10421 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
10423 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
10424 && elf_symtab_shndx (sec
->owner
) != 0)
10425 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
10427 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10429 size_t ext_size
= 0;
10431 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10432 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10433 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10434 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
10436 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
10437 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
10438 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
10439 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
10444 if (reloc_count
== 0)
10447 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
10449 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10450 && (info
->relocatable
|| info
->emitrelocations
))
10453 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
10454 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
10455 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
10460 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10462 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
10466 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10467 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
10470 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
10471 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
10472 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
10473 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
10476 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
10477 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
10478 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
10479 sections are handled correctly. */
10480 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
10481 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
10485 if (! info
->relocatable
&& merged
)
10486 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
10487 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
10489 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
10490 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
10491 to create a symbol table. */
10492 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = info
->strip
== strip_all
? 0 : 1;
10493 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
10494 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
10497 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
10498 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10500 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10501 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10504 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
10508 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
10512 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
10513 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
10514 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
10515 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
10518 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
10520 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except
10521 .symtab and .strtab. We start the .symtab section at the current
10522 file position, and write directly to it. We build the .strtab
10523 section in memory. */
10524 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = 0;
10525 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10526 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
10527 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
10528 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
10529 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10530 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
10531 /* sh_info is set below. */
10532 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10533 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
10535 off
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
;
10536 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10538 /* Note that at this point elf_tdata (abfd)->next_file_pos is
10539 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
10540 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
10542 /* Allocate a buffer to hold swapped out symbols. This is to avoid
10543 continuously seeking to the right position in the file. */
10544 if (! info
->keep_memory
|| max_sym_count
< 20)
10545 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= 20;
10547 flinfo
.symbuf_size
= max_sym_count
;
10548 amt
= flinfo
.symbuf_size
;
10549 amt
*= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10550 flinfo
.symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10551 if (flinfo
.symbuf
== NULL
)
10553 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
10555 /* Wild guess at number of output symbols. realloc'd as needed. */
10556 amt
= 2 * max_sym_count
+ elf_numsections (abfd
) + 1000;
10557 flinfo
.shndxbuf_size
= amt
;
10558 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10559 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
10560 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
10564 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
10566 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10569 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10570 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10571 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
10572 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10573 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10574 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10575 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, bfd_und_section_ptr
,
10580 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
10581 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
10582 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
10583 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
10584 outputting relocs. */
10585 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
10588 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
10589 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10590 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
10591 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
10592 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10593 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
10595 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
10598 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10599 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
10600 if (!info
->relocatable
)
10601 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
10602 if (elf_link_output_sym (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
, NULL
) != 1)
10608 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
10610 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
10612 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
10613 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
10617 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
10619 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
10620 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
10624 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
10626 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
10627 amt
*= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
10628 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10629 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
10633 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
10635 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10636 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10637 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
10640 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
10641 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10642 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
10645 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
10646 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10647 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
10650 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
10651 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10652 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
10656 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
10658 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10659 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
10660 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
10664 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
)
10666 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
10669 for (sec
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
;
10670 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
10673 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
10676 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10678 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
10681 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
10683 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
10685 base
= elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10686 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
10687 alignment requirements. */
10688 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
10689 end
= align_power (end
,
10690 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
10691 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_size
= end
- base
;
10694 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
10695 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10697 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
10701 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
10702 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
10703 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
10704 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
10705 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
10707 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
10708 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
10709 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
10710 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
10711 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
10712 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
10713 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
10714 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
10715 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
10716 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
10717 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
10718 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
10719 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
10721 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
10722 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
10723 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10725 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
10727 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10728 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
10729 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10730 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
10732 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
10734 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
10736 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
10739 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
10740 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
10742 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
10747 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
10749 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
10750 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
10751 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
10752 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
10753 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
10755 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
10757 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
)
10759 iclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
10760 oclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
10764 iclass
= "ELFCLASS64";
10765 oclass
= "ELFCLASS32";
10768 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
10769 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10770 (_("%B: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
10771 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
10780 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
10781 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
10783 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
10784 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
10785 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
10787 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
10788 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
10792 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
10793 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
10794 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
10795 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
10796 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
10797 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
10798 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10799 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
10800 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
10801 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
10805 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
10806 table, do it now. */
10807 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
10809 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
10810 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
10811 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
10813 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
10814 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
10818 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
10819 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
10820 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
10821 converted to local in a version script. */
10823 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
10824 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
10827 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
!= NULL
10828 && flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10830 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
10831 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->contents
;
10832 long last_local
= 0;
10834 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
10835 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
10841 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10843 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
10845 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10851 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
10854 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
10855 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
10856 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
10857 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
10859 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
10860 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10861 if (last_local
< dynindx
)
10862 last_local
= dynindx
;
10863 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
10867 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
10868 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
10870 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
10871 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
10876 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
10877 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
10878 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
10880 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
10882 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
10887 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
10888 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
10890 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
10892 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
10895 if (last_local
< e
->dynindx
)
10896 last_local
= e
->dynindx
;
10898 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10899 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
10903 elf_section_data (flinfo
.dynsym_sec
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
=
10907 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
10908 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
10909 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
10910 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
10911 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
10915 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
10916 table, do it now. */
10917 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
10919 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
10920 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
10921 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
10923 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
10924 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
, (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_sym
)))
10928 /* Flush all symbols to the file. */
10929 if (! elf_link_flush_output_syms (&flinfo
, bed
))
10932 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
10933 off
+= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
10935 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
10936 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
10938 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
10939 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10940 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10941 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
10942 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
10944 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
10947 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
10948 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
10953 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
10955 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
10956 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
10957 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
10958 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
10959 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
10960 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
10961 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
10962 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
10963 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
10964 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
10965 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
10967 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
10968 elf_tdata (abfd
)->next_file_pos
= off
;
10970 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
10972 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
10973 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
10977 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
10978 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10980 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
10981 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
10984 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10985 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
);
10986 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
10987 elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
);
10989 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
10990 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
10991 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
10994 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
10995 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
10997 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
10998 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
11001 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11003 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
11004 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11005 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
11007 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11008 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11009 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11011 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11015 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11022 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
11024 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
11026 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
11027 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
11030 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
11037 name
= info
->init_function
;
11040 name
= info
->fini_function
;
11043 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11045 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
,
11046 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
11048 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11049 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11051 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11052 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11053 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11054 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
11055 + o
->output_offset
);
11058 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
11059 library and does not apply to this one. */
11060 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11067 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11068 name
= ".preinit_array";
11070 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
11071 name
= ".init_array";
11073 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
11074 name
= ".fini_array";
11076 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11079 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11080 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11084 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11085 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
11086 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
11089 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
11090 name
= ".preinit_array";
11092 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
11093 name
= ".init_array";
11095 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
11096 name
= ".fini_array";
11103 name
= ".gnu.hash";
11112 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
11115 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
11118 name
= ".gnu.version";
11120 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
11123 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11124 (_("%B: could not find output section %s"), abfd
, name
);
11127 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
11129 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11130 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
11131 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
11134 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->vma
;
11141 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
11145 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 0;
11146 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
11147 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
11149 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
11151 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
11152 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
11153 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
11155 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
11156 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
11159 if (dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
== 0
11160 || hdr
->sh_addr
< dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
)
11161 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
11167 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
11171 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
11172 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
11174 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
11177 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
11178 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& info
->shared
)
11179 || info
->error_textrel
)
11180 && (o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
11182 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
11184 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
11185 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
11186 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
11188 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11190 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
11192 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
11194 if (info
->error_textrel
)
11195 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11196 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations.\n"));
11198 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11199 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object.\n"));
11205 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11207 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
11209 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
11211 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
11213 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
11214 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
11217 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
11219 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
11221 if ((elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
11223 && (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, o
), ".dynstr") != 0))
11225 /* FIXME: octets_per_byte. */
11226 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
11228 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
,
11234 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
11236 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
11237 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
11238 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
,
11239 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
))
11245 if (info
->relocatable
)
11247 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
11249 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
11254 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
11255 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
11257 if (! _bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &elf_hash_table (info
)->stab_info
))
11261 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
)
11263 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
11267 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11268 _bfd_stringtab_free (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11269 if (flinfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
11270 free (flinfo
.contents
);
11271 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11272 free (flinfo
.external_relocs
);
11273 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11274 free (flinfo
.internal_relocs
);
11275 if (flinfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
11276 free (flinfo
.external_syms
);
11277 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11278 free (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
);
11279 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11280 free (flinfo
.internal_syms
);
11281 if (flinfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
11282 free (flinfo
.indices
);
11283 if (flinfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
11284 free (flinfo
.sections
);
11285 if (flinfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
11286 free (flinfo
.symbuf
);
11287 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11288 free (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
);
11289 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11291 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11292 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11293 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11294 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11295 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11298 elf_tdata (abfd
)->linker
= TRUE
;
11302 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
11303 if (contents
== NULL
)
11304 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
11305 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
11306 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
11313 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11314 _bfd_stringtab_free (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
11315 if (flinfo
.contents
!= NULL
)
11316 free (flinfo
.contents
);
11317 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11318 free (flinfo
.external_relocs
);
11319 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11320 free (flinfo
.internal_relocs
);
11321 if (flinfo
.external_syms
!= NULL
)
11322 free (flinfo
.external_syms
);
11323 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11324 free (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
);
11325 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11326 free (flinfo
.internal_syms
);
11327 if (flinfo
.indices
!= NULL
)
11328 free (flinfo
.indices
);
11329 if (flinfo
.sections
!= NULL
)
11330 free (flinfo
.sections
);
11331 if (flinfo
.symbuf
!= NULL
)
11332 free (flinfo
.symbuf
);
11333 if (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
!= NULL
)
11334 free (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
);
11335 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11337 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11338 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11339 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11340 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11341 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11347 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
11350 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11351 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
11353 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11354 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11356 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11357 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11359 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
11360 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
11361 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
11362 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
11364 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
11365 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
11369 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11370 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
11373 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11374 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
11376 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
11378 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
11379 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
11381 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
11382 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
11384 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
11386 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
11389 if (info
->keep_memory
)
11390 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
11395 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
11398 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
11400 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11402 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
11403 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
11404 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
11405 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
11408 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
11409 of input bfd ABFD. */
11412 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11413 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
11416 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11418 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
11420 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
11421 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
11425 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11427 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
11428 info
->keep_memory
);
11429 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
11431 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11432 cookie
->relend
= (cookie
->rels
11433 + sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11435 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
11439 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
11443 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11446 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
11447 free (cookie
->rels
);
11450 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
11453 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11454 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11457 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
11459 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
11464 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11469 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
11473 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
11476 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
11477 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
11480 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
11482 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
11485 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
11486 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11487 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
11488 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
11489 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
11491 const char *sec_name
;
11495 switch (h
->root
.type
)
11497 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
11498 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
11499 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11501 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
11502 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
11504 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
11505 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
11506 /* To work around a glibc bug, keep all XXX input sections
11507 when there is an as yet undefined reference to __start_XXX
11508 or __stop_XXX symbols. The linker will later define such
11509 symbols for orphan input sections that have a name
11510 representable as a C identifier. */
11511 if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__start_", 8) == 0)
11512 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 8;
11513 else if (strncmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__stop_", 7) == 0)
11514 sec_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
+ 7;
11518 if (sec_name
&& *sec_name
!= '\0')
11522 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
11524 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (i
, sec_name
);
11526 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11536 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
11541 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11542 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
11543 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
11546 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
11547 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11548 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11550 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11551 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11553 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
11554 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11557 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
11558 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
11560 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
11561 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11562 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11563 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11565 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
11566 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
11567 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
11568 handling copy relocs. */
11569 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
11570 h
->u
.weakdef
->mark
= 1;
11571 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
11574 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
11575 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
11578 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
11579 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
11580 the relocation symbol. */
11583 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11585 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
11586 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
11590 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
);
11591 if (rsec
&& !rsec
->gc_mark
)
11593 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
11594 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
11596 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11602 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
11603 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
11604 which define symbols to which it refers. */
11607 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11609 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
11612 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
11616 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
11617 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
11618 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
11619 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
11622 /* Look through the section relocs. */
11624 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
11625 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11626 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
11627 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
11629 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11631 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
11635 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
11636 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11641 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
11645 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
11647 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
11649 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
11653 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
11654 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
11656 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
11663 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
11666 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11667 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11671 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link_next
)
11674 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
11676 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11679 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept, and see whether
11680 any other section is already marked. */
11682 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
11684 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
11686 else if (isec
->gc_mark
)
11690 /* If no section in this file will be kept, then we can
11691 toss out debug sections. */
11695 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
11696 not part of a group, or when we have single-member groups. */
11697 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
11698 if ((elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
11699 || elf_next_in_group (isec
) == isec
)
11700 && ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
11701 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0))
11707 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
11709 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
11711 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11712 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
11717 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
11720 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11721 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11722 && !(h
->def_regular
11723 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
11724 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11725 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
11727 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
11729 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
11730 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
11731 h
->def_regular
= 0;
11732 h
->ref_regular
= 0;
11733 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
11739 /* The sweep phase of garbage collection. Remove all garbage sections. */
11741 typedef bfd_boolean (*gc_sweep_hook_fn
)
11742 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, asection
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
11745 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11748 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11749 gc_sweep_hook_fn gc_sweep_hook
= bed
->gc_sweep_hook
;
11750 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
11751 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
11753 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
11757 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
11760 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11762 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
11763 sections in the section group. If the first member of
11764 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
11766 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
11768 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
11769 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
11775 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
11776 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
11779 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
11780 to remove a section from the output. */
11781 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11783 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
11784 _bfd_error_handler (_("Removing unused section '%s' in file '%B'"), sub
, o
->name
);
11786 /* But we also have to update some of the relocation
11787 info we collected before. */
11789 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
11790 && o
->reloc_count
> 0
11791 && !bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
11793 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
11797 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (o
->owner
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
11798 info
->keep_memory
);
11799 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
11802 r
= (*gc_sweep_hook
) (o
->owner
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
11804 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
11805 free (internal_relocs
);
11813 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the dynamic
11814 symbol table. GCFIXME: Anyone know how to get them out of the
11815 static symbol table as well? */
11816 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
11817 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
11818 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
11821 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (abfd
, info
, §ion_sym_count
);
11825 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
11826 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
11829 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
11831 /* Those that are not vtables. */
11832 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
11835 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
11836 if (h
->vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
11839 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
11840 if (h
->vtable
->used
&& h
->vtable
->used
[-1])
11843 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
11844 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->vtable
->parent
, okp
);
11846 if (h
->vtable
->used
== NULL
)
11848 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
11850 h
->vtable
->used
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
11851 h
->vtable
->size
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
;
11856 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
11858 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
11859 cu
= h
->vtable
->used
;
11861 pu
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->used
;
11864 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11865 unsigned int log_file_align
;
11867 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
11868 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11869 n
= h
->vtable
->parent
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
11884 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
11887 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
11888 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
11889 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11890 unsigned int log_file_align
;
11892 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
11893 well as those that are not loaded. */
11894 if (h
->vtable
== NULL
|| h
->vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
11897 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11898 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11900 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11901 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
11902 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
11904 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
11906 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
11907 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
11908 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
11910 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
11912 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
11913 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
11915 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
11916 if (h
->vtable
->used
11917 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->vtable
->size
)
11919 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
11920 if (h
->vtable
->used
[entry
])
11923 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
11924 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
11930 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
11931 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
11935 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
11937 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
11939 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11940 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11942 || ((!info
->executable
|| info
->export_dynamic
)
11944 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
11945 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
11946 && (strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
) != NULL
11947 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
11948 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
11949 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11954 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
11955 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
11958 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11960 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
11962 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
11964 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11966 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
11967 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11970 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11971 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
11972 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
11973 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
11977 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
11980 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11982 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
11984 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
11985 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11987 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
11988 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
11990 (*_bfd_error_handler
)(_("Warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
11994 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
11996 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
11997 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
11998 _bfd_elf_begin_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
11999 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
12002 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12004 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
12005 if (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
12007 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
12008 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
)
12009 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
12010 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
12013 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12015 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
12016 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12017 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
,
12022 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
12023 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12024 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
,
12029 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
12030 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
12031 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12032 bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
,
12035 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
12036 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
12037 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link_next
)
12041 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12044 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
12045 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
12047 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12049 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
12050 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
12051 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
12052 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
12054 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12059 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
12060 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12062 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
12063 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
12066 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
12069 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
12071 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12074 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
12075 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
12076 bfd_size_type extsymcount
;
12077 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12079 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
12080 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
12082 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12083 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
12084 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
12086 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12087 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
12089 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
12090 offset as the relocation. */
12091 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
12093 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
12094 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12095 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12096 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
12097 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
12101 (*_bfd_error_handler
) ("%B: %A+%lu: No symbol found for INHERIT",
12102 abfd
, sec
, (unsigned long) offset
);
12103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
12107 if (!child
->vtable
)
12109 child
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12110 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->vtable
));
12111 if (!child
->vtable
)
12116 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
12117 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
12118 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
12119 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
12121 child
->vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
12124 child
->vtable
->parent
= h
;
12129 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
12132 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12133 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12134 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12137 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12138 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12142 h
->vtable
= (struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
12143 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->vtable
));
12148 if (addend
>= h
->vtable
->size
)
12150 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
12151 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->vtable
->used
;
12153 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
12155 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
12156 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
12157 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12161 if (addend
>= size
)
12163 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
12164 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
12165 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
12168 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
12170 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
12171 consolidation pass. */
12172 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
12176 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
12182 oldbytes
= (((h
->vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
12183 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
12184 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
12188 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
12193 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
12194 h
->vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
12195 h
->vtable
->size
= size
;
12198 h
->vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
12203 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
12207 flagword flag_value
;
12208 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
12210 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
12212 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
12213 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
12214 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
12215 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
12216 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
12217 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
12218 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
12219 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
12220 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
12221 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
12222 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
12223 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
12226 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
12228 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12229 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
12232 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
12234 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
12236 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
12237 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12238 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
12240 int without_hex
= 0;
12242 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
12245 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
12247 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
12248 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
12250 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
12254 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12255 with_hex
|= hexval
;
12256 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12257 without_hex
|= hexval
;
12262 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
12264 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
12266 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
12267 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12268 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
12269 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
12276 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12277 (_("Unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
12281 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
12282 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
12283 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
12286 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
12289 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
12295 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
12297 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
12300 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
12301 to real got offsets. */
12304 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
12306 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
12307 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
12308 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
12310 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
12312 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
12313 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
12316 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
12321 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
12322 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
12325 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
12326 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12329 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12331 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
12333 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
12335 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12338 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
12339 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
12340 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
12343 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
12345 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
12346 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link_next
)
12348 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
12349 bfd_size_type j
, locsymcount
;
12350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12352 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12355 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
12359 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
12360 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
12361 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12363 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12365 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
12367 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
12369 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
12370 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
12373 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
12377 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
12378 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
12379 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
12380 gofarg
.info
= info
;
12381 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
12382 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
12387 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
12388 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
12391 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12393 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
12396 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
12397 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
12401 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
12403 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
12405 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12406 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
12408 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
12410 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12412 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
12413 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
12415 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
12418 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
12419 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
12422 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
12423 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
12425 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12427 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
12429 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
12430 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
12431 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
12433 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12434 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12435 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
12442 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
12443 but it could be a relocation against a local
12444 symbol for a discarded section. */
12446 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12448 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
12449 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
12450 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
12451 if (isec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (isec
))
12459 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
12460 Returns TRUE if any section's size was changed. */
12461 /* This function assumes that the relocations are in sorted order,
12462 which is true for all known assemblers. */
12465 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12467 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
12468 asection
*stab
, *eh
;
12469 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12471 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12473 if (info
->traditional_format
12474 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
12477 _bfd_elf_begin_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12478 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link_next
)
12480 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12483 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12485 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
12489 if (!info
->relocatable
)
12491 eh
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".eh_frame");
12494 || bfd_is_abs_section (eh
->output_section
)))
12498 stab
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stab");
12500 && (stab
->size
== 0
12501 || bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
)
12502 || stab
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
))
12507 && bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
== NULL
)
12510 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
12514 && stab
->reloc_count
> 0
12515 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, abfd
, stab
))
12517 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, stab
,
12518 elf_section_data (stab
)->sec_info
,
12519 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12522 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, stab
);
12526 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, abfd
, eh
))
12528 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
, &cookie
);
12529 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, eh
,
12530 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
12533 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, eh
);
12536 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
12537 && (*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
12540 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
12542 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
12544 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr
12545 && !info
->relocatable
12546 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
12553 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
12555 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12558 const char *name
, *key
;
12559 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
12560 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
12562 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12565 flags
= sec
->flags
;
12567 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
12568 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
12569 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
12572 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
12573 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
12574 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
12577 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
12579 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12580 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
12581 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
12582 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
12585 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
12586 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
12587 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
12590 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
12591 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
12592 single member groups. */
12596 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
12598 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12600 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
12601 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
12602 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
12603 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
12604 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
12605 type of section. */
12606 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12607 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
12608 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
12609 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
12611 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
12612 issue a warning. */
12613 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
12616 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12618 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12619 asection
*s
= first
;
12623 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12624 /* Record which group discards it. */
12625 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12626 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
12627 /* These lists are circular. */
12637 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
12638 linkonce section and vice versa. */
12639 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
12641 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
12643 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
12644 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
12645 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12646 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
12647 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
12649 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12650 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
12651 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12656 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
12657 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12658 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
12660 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
12663 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
12664 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
12666 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12667 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
12672 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
12673 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
12674 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
12675 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
12676 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
12677 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
12678 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
12679 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
12680 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
12681 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
12682 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
12684 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
12685 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12686 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
12687 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
12689 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
12690 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12694 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
12695 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
12696 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
12697 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
12701 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12703 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
12707 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12713 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12715 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
12719 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
12720 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12721 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12722 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12723 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12725 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12726 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
12729 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
12731 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
12733 static const char *
12734 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
12736 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12739 const char *old_name
= bfd_get_section_name (NULL
, sec
);
12740 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
12742 if (old_name
== NULL
)
12745 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
12746 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
12751 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
12752 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
12753 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
12757 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
12759 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12761 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
12763 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12765 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
12769 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12771 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
12772 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
12779 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
12780 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
12781 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
12784 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
12785 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
12786 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
12787 string table associated with ABFD. */
12790 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
* sec
,
12792 unsigned int alignment
,
12794 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
12796 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
12798 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12800 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
12805 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj
, name
);
12807 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
12811 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
12812 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
12813 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
12815 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
12816 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
12818 if (! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, reloc_sec
, alignment
))
12823 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
12829 /* Copy the ELF symbol type associated with a linker hash entry. */
12831 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12832 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
* hdest
,
12833 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
* hsrc
)
12835 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)hdest
;
12836 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)hsrc
;
12838 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
12839 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
12842 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
12845 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12847 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12848 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
12849 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
12850 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
12853 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
12856 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
12858 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12859 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
12860 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
12861 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);